8502CT0401 118248 Catalog
2014-09-05
: Pdf 118248-Catalog 118248-Catalog 785901 Batch7 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 120
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Catalog January 2006 Heavy industrial power applications Motor contactors and starters General contents 0 Heavy Industrial Power Applications Motor Contactors and Starters 1 – Contactors and Starters, Type S, NEMA Style 2 – Combination Starters, Type S, NEMA Style 3 – Solid-State Overload Relays 4 – Definite Purpose Contactors 5 – Lighting Contactors 6 – Manual Starters and Switches 7 – Accessories 8 – Services 1/0 Contents 1 - Heavy Industrial Contactors and Starters, Type S, NEMA Style Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/2 b Contactors and starters v General, characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/4 b Contactors, Class 8502 v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/6 b Reversing contactors, Class 8702 v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/7 b Starters, Class 8536 v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/8 b Reversing starters, Class 8736 v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/9 b Contactors and starters v Variants – Motor Logic® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/10 v Variants – Motor Logic® Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/11 v Variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/12 v Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/14 1/1 1 Selection guide Contactors and Starters 0 0 Type S, NEMA-style Contactors and starters 531262 531259 1 531261 Type S NEMA Contactors and Starters 531260 Applications NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 Continuous current ratings 9A 18 A 27 A 45 A 1.5 hp/1.1 kW 1.5 hp/1.1 kW 2 hp/1.5 kW 2 hp/1.5 kW 3 hp/2.2 kW 3 hp/2.2 kW 5 hp/3.7 kW 5 hp/3.7 kW 7.5 hp/5.5 kW 7.5 hp/5.5 kW 10 hp/7.5 kW 10 hp/7.5 kW 10 hp/7.5 kW 15 hp/11 kW 25 hp/18.5 kW 25 hp/18.5 kW Motor 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V Enclosures - NEMA 1: General purpose - NEMA 12: Dust-tight and drip-tight for industrial use Open Contactors 8502 8502 8502 SAO SAG SBA 8502 8502 8502 SBO SBG SBA 8502 8502 8502 SCO SCG SCA 8502 8502 8502 SDO SDG SDA Pages 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/6 Reversing contactors 8702 8702 8702 SAO SAG SBA 8702 8702 8702 SBO SBG SBA 8702 8702 8702 SCO SCG SCA 8702 8702 8702 SDO SDG SDA Pages 1/7 1/7 1/7 1/7 Starters 8536 8536 8536 SAO SAG SBA 8536 8536 8536 SBO SBG SBA 8536 8536 8536 SCO SCG SCA 8536 8536 8536 SDO SDG SDA Pages 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 Reversing starters 8736 8736 8736 SAO SAG SBA 8736 8736 8736 SBO SBG SBA 8736 8736 8736 SCO SCG SCA 8736 8736 8736 SDO SDG SDA Pages 1/9 1/9 1/9 1/9 1/2 NEMA 1 NEMA 12 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 0 1 531266 531266 531265 531264 531263 Type S NEMA Contactors and Starters 3 4 5 6 7 90 A 135 A 270 A 540 A 810 A 25 hp/18.5 kW 30 hp/22 kW 50 hp/37 kW 50 hp/37 kW 40 hp/30 kW 50 hp/37 kW 100 hp/75 kW 100 hp/75 kW 75 hp/55 kW 100 hp/75 kW 200 hp/150 kW 200 hp/150 kW 150 hp/110 kW 200 hp/150 kW 400 hp/300 kW 400 hp/300 kW – 300 hp/220 kW 600 hp/450 kW 600 hp/450 kW Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8502 8502 8502 SEO SEG SEA 8502 8502 8502 SFO SFG SFA 8502 8502 8502 SGO SGG SGA 8502 8502 8502 SHO SHG SHA 8502 8502 8502 SJO SJG SJA 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/6 8702 8702 8702 SEO SEG SEA 8702 8702 8702 SFO SFG SFA 8702 8702 8702 SGO SGG SGA 8702 8702 8702 SHO SHG SHA 8702 8702 8702 SJO SJG SJA 1/7 1/7 1/7 1/7 1/7 8536 8536 8536 SEO SEG SEA 8536 8536 8536 SFO SFG SFA 8536 8536 8536 SGO SGG SGA 8536 8536 8536 SHO SHG SHA 8536 8536 8536 SJO SJG SJA 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 8736 8736 8736 SEO SEG SEA 8736 8736 8736 SFO SFG SFA 8736 8736 8736 SGO SGG SGA 8736 8736 8736 SHO SHG SHA 8736 8736 8736 SJO SJG SJA 1/9 1/9 1/9 1/9 1/9 1/3 Contactors and Starters General, characteristics 0 0 Type S, NEMA-style Contactors and starters General 531007 531008 Full-voltage contactors Class 8502 Type S magnetic contactors are used to switch heating loads, capacitors, transformers and electric motors where overload protection is provided separately. Class 8502 contactors are available in NEMA Sizes 00 to 7. Type S contactors are designed for operation up to a 600 V, 50 to 60 Hz. Full-voltage starters Type SCO 2 Size 1, 3-pole contactor Starter with Motor Logic solid-state overload relay Class 8536 Type S magnetic starters are used for full-voltage starting and stopping of a.c. squirrel-cage motors. Motor overload protection is provided via solid-state overload relays. Type S starters are available in NEMA Sizes 00 to 7 and are designed for operation up to a 600 V, 50 to 60 Hz. 531011 Full-voltage reversing contactors 531010 1 Class 8702 Type S reversing magnetic contactors are used for starting, stopping and reversing a.c. motors where overload protection is provided separately. Class 8702 reversing contactors consist of two Class 8502 contactors mechanically and electrically interlocked. Open-type devices, Sizes 0 to 5, are available in either horizontal or vertical arrangements. Sizes 00, 6 and 7 are available as horizontal only. Enclosed devices Size 00 to 7 use horizontally arranged components. Type S reversing contactors are designed for operation up to a 600 V, 50 to 60 Hz. Size 00, 0, 1 reversing contactor (horizontal type) Full-voltage reversing starters Reversing starter with Motor Logic solid-state overload relay (vertical type) Class 8736 Type S reversing magnetic starters are used for full-voltage starting, stopping and reversing of a.c. squirrel-cage motors. Class 8736 starters consist of one Class 8502 contactor and one Class 8536 starter mechanically and electrically interlocked. Open-type devices, Sizes 0 to 5, are available in either horizontal or vertical arrangements. Sizes 00, 6 and 7 are available as horizontal only. Enclosed devices use horizontally arranged components. Type S starters are designed for operation up to a 600 V, 50 to 60 Hz. Characteristics Environment Class 8502, 8536, 8702, 8736 Size 00 0 1 Rated insulation voltage Conforming to UL, CSA V 600 kV 5 Rated impulse withstand voltage NEMA ICS-1, ICS-2, UL 508 Conforming to standards Product certifications Type S Yes UL magnetic contactors Yes CSA and starters e Yes °C 0…40 Ambient air temperature Storage around the device °C 0…40 Operation Maximum operating altitude Without derating m 1300 ± 90° Operating position (1) Without derating (1) ± 90° degrees possible in relation to normal vertical mounting plane. References: pages 1/6 to 1/13 1/4 Dimensions: pages 1/14 to 1/17 2 3 4 5 10 6 18 No Vertical 7 Characteristics (continued) 0 Contactors and Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style Contactors and starters Characteristics (continued) Pole characteristics Class Size Number of poles 3-pole devices Rated operational voltage Up to Frequency limits Of the operational current Conventional rated thermal current Rated making capacity At 600 V Rated breaking capacity At 600 V Permissible short time Service limit current rating V Hz A A 8502, 8536, 8702, 8736 00 0 1 3 600 50/60 9 18 27 10 x rated current 10 x rated current 11 21 32 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 45 90 135 270 540 810 52 104 156 311 621 932 3 4 5 6 7 676 47 700 46 15 14 17.3 - 32.3 9.6 - 18.7 5 4500 1260 89 1185 85 23.4 22 13.0- 43.9 11.2 -21.7 3 4500 1300 14 1300 14 13 13 40 - 60 50 - 75 2 180 1495 (1) 56 (1) 1780 (1) 48 (1) 27 32 57.0- 74.0 28.3 - 31.8 1.5 180 – – 1960 (1) 59 (1) – 36 43.8 54.3 0.5 180 #14– #1/0 Parallel groove #8– #4– 1 or 2, 1 to 4, 250kcmil 500kcmil 250– 250– 500 kcmil 500 kcmil per phase per phase a.c. control circuit characteristics Class Size Rated control circuit voltage Average consumption 50 Hz Inrush Sealed Average consumption 60 Hz Inrush Sealed Heat dissipation 50/60Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz Operating time (2) Closing "C" Opening "O" Mechanical life In millions of op. cycles Maximum operating rate (3) In op. cycles per hour V VA VA VA VA W W ms ms 8502, 8536, 8702, 8736 00 0 1 2 600 N/A 232 232 296 N/A 26 26 36 165 245 245 311 33 27 27 37 N/A 7.7 7.7 12 6 7.8 7.8 14 9.1 - 23.2 8.4 - 20.1 8.4 - 20.1 14.6 - 27.6 5.29 - 15.9 2.4 - 15.9 2.4 - 15.9 16.3 - 22.8 6 10 10 10 9000 9000 9000 5400 Power circuit connections (connection via lug) Type of lug Wire sizes (Min./max.) Solid or stranded copper wire (AWG) Screw clamp terminal #14–#8 #14–#8 #14–#8 Box lug #14–#4 Control circuit connections (connection via lug) Type of lug Wire sizes (Min./max.) Screw clamp terminal Solid or stranded copper #16–#12 wire (AWG) (1) Size 6 and 7 have a d.c. coil. The values shown are for the a.c. input to the d.c. power supply that provides power to the coil. (2) The closing time "C" is measured from the moment that the coil supply is switched on to the initial contact of the main poles. The opening time "O" is measured from the moment that the coil supply is switched off to the moment that the main poles separate. (3) Operating cycles are without a load (mechanical life). References: pages 1/6 to 1/13 Dimensions: pages 1/14 to 1/17 1/5 References 0 Contactors and Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style Contactors Class 8502 3-pole contactors NEMA Size 531007 1 8502 SCO 2 ppp Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz Continuous current ratings Enclosure type (1) Basic reference Weight Add code indicating control circuit voltage (2) and optional variants (3) Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8502 SAO 12 ppp 8502 SAG 12 ppp 8502 SBA 2 ppp 00 Motor volts 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW 1.5 1.1 1.5 1.1 2 1.5 2 1.5 0 3 2.2 3 2.2 5 3.7 5 3.7 18 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8502 SBO 2 ppp 8502 SBG 2 ppp 8502 SBA 2 ppp 2 (4) 3 (7.5) 7 (15) 1 7.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 10 7.5 27 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8502 SCO 2 ppp 8502 SCG 2 ppp 8502 SCA 2 ppp 2 (4) 3 (7.5) 7 (15) 2 10 7.5 15 11 25 18.5 25 18.5 45 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8502 SDO 2 ppp 8502 SDG 2 ppp 8502 SDA 2 ppp 3 (6.75) 7 (14.5) 10 (22) 3 25 18.5 30 22 50 37 37 90 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8502 SEO 2 ppp 8502 SEG 2 ppp 8502 SEA 2 ppp 6 (14) 15 (34) 29 (65) 4 40 30 50 37 100 75 135 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8502 SFO 2 ppp 8502 SFG 2 ppp 8502 SFA 2 ppp 8 (18) 24 (52) 31 (69) 5 75 55 100 75 200 150 200 150 270 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8502 SGO 2 ppp 8502 SGG 2 ppp 8502 SGA 2 ppp 20 (45) 65 (143) 72 (160) 6 150 110 200 150 400 300 400 300 540 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8502 SHO 2 ppp 8502 SHG 2 ppp 8502 SHA 2 ppp 32 (80) 103 (226) 103 (228) 7 – 810 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8502 SJO 2 ppp 8502 SJG 2 ppp 8502 SJA 2 ppp 61 (135) 154 (340) 196 (433) – 50 100 75 300 220 600 450 600 450 A 9 (1) Open: no enclosure (“O”). NEMA 1: General purpose enclosure (“G”). NEMA 12: Dust-tight and drip-tight industrial-use enclosure (“A”). (2) Standard control circuit voltage: Volts 24 110 120 208 220 240 380 440 480 550 50 Hz – V02 – – V03 – V05 V06 – V07 60 Hz V01 – V02 V08 – V03 – – V06 – 24 V and 120 V coils require the addition of form "S" for separate control. Example: 8502 SAO 12 V01S. (3) For optional variants, see pages 1/10 to 1/13. General, characteristics: pages 1/4 and 1/5 1/6 Dimensions: pages 1/14 to 1/17 600 – V07 kg (lb) 2 (4) 3 (7.5) 7 (15) References 0 Contactors and Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style Reversing contactors Class 8702 3-pole reversing contactors 531010 NEMA Size Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz Continuous current ratings Enclosure type (1) Basic reference Weight Add code indicating control circuit voltage (2) and optional variants (3) Open/Horizontal Type NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8702 SAO 4 ppp 8702 SAG 4 ppp 8702 SBA 4 ppp kg (lb) 5 (12) 7 (16) 10 (23) 00 Motor volts 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW 1.5 1.1 1.5 1.1 2 1.5 2 1.5 0 3 2.2 3 2.2 5 3.7 5 3.7 18 Open/Vertical Type Open/Horizontal Type NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8702 SBO 12 ppp 8702 SBO 4 ppp 8702 SBG 4 ppp 8702 SBA 4 ppp 5 (12) 5 (12) 7 (16) 10 (23) 1 7.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 10 7.5 27 Open/Vertical Type Open/Horizontal Type NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8702 SCO 7 ppp 8702 SCO 8 ppp 8702 SCG 8 ppp 8702 SCA 4 ppp 5 (12) 5 (12) 7 (16) 10 (23) 2 10 7.5 15 11 25 18.5 25 18.5 45 Open/Vertical Type Open/Horizontal Type NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8702 SDO 1 ppp 8702 SDO 2 ppp 8702 SDG 2 ppp 8702 SDA 1 ppp 7 (16) 7 (16) 11 (24) 14 (31) 3 25 18.5 30 22 50 37 37 90 Open/Vertical Type Open/Horizontal Type NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8702 SEO 1 ppp 8702 SEO 2 ppp 8702 SEG 2 ppp 8702 SEA 1 ppp 15 (35) 15 (35) 43 (95) 44 (96) 4 40 30 50 37 100 75 135 Open/Vertical Type Open/Horizontal Type NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8702 SFO 1 ppp 8702 SFO 3 ppp 8702 SFG 3 ppp 8702 SFA 1 ppp 20 (45) 20 (45) 43 (95) 44 (96) 5 75 55 100 75 200 150 200 150 270 Open/Vertical Type Open/Horizontal Type NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8702 SGO 1 ppp 8702 SGO 3 ppp 8702 SGG 3 ppp 8702 SGA 1 ppp 44 (98) 44 (98) 135 (298) 137 (302) 6 150 110 200 150 400 300 400 300 540 Open/Horizontal Type NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8702 SHO 1 ppp 8702 SHG 1 ppp 8702 SHA 1 ppp 88 (195) 181 (400) 222 (490) 7 – 810 Open/Horizontal Type NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8702 SJO 1 ppp 8702 SJG 1 ppp 8702 SJA 1 ppp 141 (310) 233 (514) 275 (607) A 9 8702 SAO 4 ppp (horizontal type) – 50 100 75 300 220 600 450 600 450 (1) Open: no enclosure (“O”). NEMA 1: General purpose enclosure (“G”). NEMA 12: Dust-tight and drip-tight industrial-use enclosure (“A”). (2) Standard control circuit voltage: Volts 24 110 120 208 220 240 380 440 480 550 50 Hz – V02 – – V03 – V05 V06 – V07 60 Hz V01 – V02 V08 – V03 – – V06 – 24 V and 120 V coils require the addition of form "S" for separate control. Example: 8702 SAO 4 V01S. (3) For optional variants, see pages 1/10 to 1/13. General, characteristics: pages 1/4 and 1/5 600 – V07 Dimensions: pages 1/14 to 1/17 1/7 1 References 0 Contactors and Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style Starters Class 8536 3-pole starters NEMA Size 531008 1 8536 SAO 12 V02 H20 Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz Continuous current ratings Enclosure type (1) Basic reference Weight Add code indicating control circuit voltage (2) and optional variants (3) and “H” code (4) Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8536 SAO 12 (2) (3) (4) 8536 SAG 12 (2) (3) (4) 8536 SBA 2 (2) (3) (4) 00 Motor volts 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW 1.5 1.1 1.5 1.1 2 1.5 2 1.5 A 9 0 3 2.2 3 2.2 5 3.7 5 3.7 18 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8536 SBO 2 (2) (3) (4) 8536 SBG 2 (2) (3) (4) 8536 SBA 2 (2) (3) (4) 2 (4) 4 (8) 7 (16) 1 7.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 10 7.5 27 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8536 SCO 3 (2) (3) (4) 8536 SCG 3 (2) (3) (4) 8536 SCA 3 (2) (3) (4) 2 (4) 3 (8) 7 (16) 2 10 7.5 15 11 25 18.5 25 18.5 45 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8536 SDO 1 (2) (3) (4) 8536 SDG 1 (2) (3) (4) 8536 SDA 1 (2) (3) (4) 3 (6.75) 7 15.5) 10 (23) 3 25 18.5 30 22 50 37 37 90 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8536 SEO 1 (2) (3) (4) 8536 SEG 1 (2) (3) (4) 8536 SEA 1 (2) (3) (4) 6 (14) 17 (37) 31 (68) 4 40 30 50 37 100 75 135 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8536 SFO 1 (2) (3) (4) 8536 SFG 1 (2) (3) (4) 8536 SFA 1 (2) (3) (4) 8 (18) 25 (56) 33 (73) 5 75 55 100 75 200 150 200 150 270 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8536 SGO 1 (2) (3) (4) 8536 SGG 1 (2) (3) (4) 8536 SGA 1 (2) (3) (4) 20 (45) 73 (160) 80 (177) 6 150 110 200 150 400 300 400 300 540 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8536 SHO 2 (2) (3) (4) 32 (80) 8536 SHG 2 (2) (3) (4) 105 (231) 8536 SHA 2 (2) (3) (4) 106 (233) 7 – 810 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8536 SJO 2 (2) (3) (4) 61 (135) 8536 SJG 2 (2) (3) (4) 130 (287) 8536 SJA 2 (2) (3) (4) 140 (309) – 50 100 75 300 220 600 450 600 450 (1) Open: no enclosure (“O”). NEMA 1: General purpose enclosure (“G”). NEMA 12: Dust-tight and drip-tight industrial-use enclosure (“A”). (2) Standard control circuit voltage: Volts 24 110 120 208 220 240 380 440 480 550 600 50 Hz – V02 – – V03 – V05 V06 – V07 – 60 Hz V01 – V02 V08 – V03 – – V06 – V07 24 V and 120 V coils require the addition of form "S" for separate control. Example: 8536 SAO 12 V01 H10S. (3) For optional variants, see pages 1/10 to 1/13. (4) To complete the "H" code for solid-state overload relays, see page 1/10. General, characteristics: pages 1/4 and 1/5 1/8 Dimensions: pages 1/14 to 1/17 kg (lb) 2 (4) 3 (8) 7 (16) References 0 Contactors and Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style Reversing starters Class 8736 3-pole reversing starters 531011 NEMA Size 8736 SAO 16 V02 H20 (vertical type) Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz Continuous current ratings Enclosure type (1) Basic reference Weight Add code indicating control circuit voltage (2) and optional variants (3) and “H” code (4) Open/Horizontal Type NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8736 SAO 16 (2) (3) (4) 8736 SAG 16 (2) (3) (4) 8736 SBA 4 (2) (3) (4) kg (lb) 6 (13) 8 (17) 11 (24) 00 Motor volts 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW 1.5 1.1 1.5 1.1 2 1.5 2 1.5 A 9 0 3 2.2 3 2.2 5 3.7 5 3.7 18 Open/Vertical Type Open/Horizontal Type NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8736 SBO 10 (2) (3) (4) 8736 SBO 4 (2) (3) (4) 8736 SBG 4 (2) (3) (4) 8736 SBA 4 (2) (3) (4) 6 (13) 6 (13) 8 (17) 11 (24) 1 7.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 10 7.5 27 Open/Vertical Type Open/Horizontal Type NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8736 SCO 7 8736 SCO 8 8736 SCG 8 8736 SCA 4 (2) (3) (4) (2) (3) (4) (2) (3) (4) (2) (3) (4) 6 (13) 6 (13) 8 (17) 11 (24) 2 10 7.5 15 11 25 18.5 25 18.5 45 Open/Vertical Type Open/Horizontal Type NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8736 SDO 1 8736 SDO 2 8736 SDG 2 8736 SDA 1 (2) (3) (4) (2) (3) (4) (2) (3) (4) (2) (3) (4) 8 (18) 8 (18) 11 (25) 15 (32) 3 25 18.5 30 22 50 37 37 90 Open/Vertical Type Open/Horizontal Type NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8736 SEO 1 8736 SEO 2 8736 SEG 2 8736 SEA 1 (2) (3) (4) (2) (3) (4) (2) (3) (4) (2) (3) (4) 17 (38) 17 (38) 44 (98) 45 (99) 4 40 30 50 37 100 75 135 Open/Vertical Type Open/Horizontal Type NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8736 SFO 1 8736 SFO 3 8736 SFG 3 8736 SFA 1 (2) (3) (4) (2) (3) (4) (2) (3) (4) (2) (3) (4) 22 (48) 22 (48) 44 (98) 45 (99) 5 75 55 100 75 200 150 200 150 270 Open/Vertical Type Open/Horizontal Type NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8736 SGO 1 8736 SGO 3 8736 SGG 3 8736 SGA 1 (2) (3) (4) 52 (115) (2) (3) (4) 52 (115) (2) (3) (4) 143 (315) (2) (3) (4) 145 (319) 6 150 110 200 150 400 300 400 300 540 Open/Horizontal Type NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8736 SHO 1 (2) (3) (4) 91 (200) 8736 SHG 1 (2) (3) (4) 184 (405) 8736 SHA 1 (2) (3) (4) 225 (495) 7 – 810 Open/Horizontal Type NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8736 SJO 1 (2) (3) (4) 143 (315) 8736 SJG 1 (2) (3) (4) 236 (521) 8736 SJA 1 (2) (3) (4) 280 (618) – 50 100 75 300 220 600 450 600 450 (1) Open: no enclosure (“O”). NEMA 1: General purpose enclosure (“G”). NEMA 12: Dust-tight and drip-tight industrial-use enclosure (“A”). (2) Standard control circuit voltage: Volts 24 110 120 208 220 240 380 440 480 550 600 50 Hz – V02 – – V03 – V05 V06 – V07 – 60 Hz V01 – V02 V08 – V03 – – V06 – V07 24 V and 120 V coils require the addition of form "S" for separate control. Example: 8736 SAO 16 V01 H10S. (3) For optional variants, see pages 1/10 to 1/13. (4) To complete the "H" code for solid-state overload relays, see page 1/10. General, characteristics: pages 1/4 and 1/5 Dimensions: pages 1/14 to 1/17 1/9 1 Contactors and Starters References, associations 0 0 Type S, NEMA-style Variants – Motor Logic® Overload Relay Variants – Motor Logic solid-state overload relays Type 1 531123 Motor Logic solid state overload relays (no additional auxiliary contact) Motor Logic solid state overload relays (with additional auxiliary contact) For use on Class Enclosure Type 8536, Open, 8736 NEMA 1, NEMA 12 8536, 8736 Open, NEMA 1, NEMA 12 H10 Description Overload relay range Suffix to the starter reference (1) Base unit, trip class 10 (2) H10 – Base unit, trip class 20 (2) H20 – Feature unit (2) H30 – Base unit, trip class 10 (2) H11 – Base unit, trip class 20 (2) H21 – Feature unit (2) H31 – (1) Example: 8536 SAO 12 V01 H10. (2) Standard current ranges, depending on contactor size: Size 00 0 1 2 Current ranges A 3…9 6…18 9…27 15…45 3 30…90 4 40…135 5 90…270 Weight kg (lb) 6 7 180…540 270…810 (3) (4) (3) Only available with feature unit. (4) Only available with feature unit with auxiliary contact. Associations Contactor Size Trip type 00 Class 10 Class 20 Class 10/20 (selectable) 0 Class 10 Class 20 Class 10/20 (selectable) 1 Class 10 Class 20 Class 10/20 (selectable) 2 Class 10 Class 20 Class 10/20 (selectable) 3 Class 10 Class 20 Class 10/20 (selectable) 4 Class 10 Class 20 Class 10/20 (selectable) 5 Class 10 Class 20 Class 10/20 (selectable) Motor Logic solid-state overload relays No With No With auxiliary auxiliary auxiliary auxiliary contact contact contact contact Size 00C (3–9 A) Size 00B (1.5–4.5 A) H10 H11 H108 H118 H20 H21 H208 H218 H30 H31 H308 H318 No auxiliary contact With auxiliary contact Size 00C (3–9 A) H109 H119 H209 H219 H309 H319 Size 00B (1.5–4.5 A) H108 H118 H208 H218 H308 H318 Size 1 (9–27 A) H10 H11 H20 H21 H30 H31 Size 0 (6–18 A) H100 H110 H200 H210 H300 H310 Size 00C (3–9 A) H109 H119 H209 H219 H309 H319 Size 00B (1.5–4.5 A) H108 H118 H208 H218 H308 H318 Size 2 (15–45 A) H10 H11 H20 H21 H30 H31 Size 1 (9–27 A) H101 H111 H201 H211 H301 H311 Size 0 (6–18 A) H100 H110 H200 H210 H300 H310 Size 00C (3–9 A) H109 H119 H209 H219 H309 H319 Size 3 (30–90 A) H10 H11 H20 H21 H30 H31 Size 4 (45–135 A) H10 H11 H20 H21 H30 H31 Size 3 (30–90 A) H103 H113 H203 H213 H303 H313 Size 5 (90–270 A) H10 H11 H20 H21 H30 H31 Not available 1/10 With auxiliary contact Size 0 (6–18 A) H10 H11 H20 H21 H30 H31 Available codes General, characteristics: pages 1/4 and 1/5 No auxiliary contact Dimensions: pages 1/14 to 1/17 No auxiliary contact With auxiliary contact Size 00B (1.5–4.5 A) – – – – H308 H318 References (continued) 0 Contactors and Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style Variants – Motor Logic® Plus overload relay Variants – Motor Logic Plus solid-state overload relays Description 531202 Motor Logic Plus solid-state overload relays For use on Class/ Enclosure type 8536, 8736 Open type Motor Logic Plus current ranges A 0.5…2.3 2…9 6…27 10…45 B20 20…90 60…135 120…270 240…540 Factory modification Suffix to the starter reference (1) No modification for 200–480 V No modification for 600 V No modification for 200–480 V No modification for 600 V No modification for 200–480 V No modification for 600 V No modification for 200–480 V No modification for 600 V No modification for 200–480 V No modification for 600 V No modification for 200–480 V No modification for 600 V No modification for 200–480 V No modification for 600 V No modification for 200–480 V No modification for 600 V B20 B24 B30 B34 B40 B44 B50 B54 B60 B64 B70 B74 B80 B84 B90 B94 Weight kg (lb) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – (1) Example: 8536 SAO 12 V01 B20S. General, characteristics: pages 1/4 and 1/5 Dimensions: pages 1/14 to 1/17 1/11 1 References 0 Contactors and Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style Variants Variants – Operators Description 1 For use on Class Enclosure type Colour/Marking Push buttons 8502, 8536 8702, 8736 Pilot lights without operating interlock (2) 8502, 8536, NEMA 1 8702, 8736 Push-to-test pilot lights without operating interlock (2) 8502, 8536, NEMA 12 8702, 8736 LED pilot lights 8502, 8536, NEMA 1 8702, 8736 Special wiring 8502, 8536, NEMA 1 8702, 8736 Selector switches 8502, 8536, NEMA 1, 8702, 8736 NEMA 12 8702, 8736 NEMA 1, NEMA 12 "Start-Stop" "Forward-Reverse-Stop" "High-Low-Stop" Red Green Amber Clear Red Green Amber Clear Yellow Red Green Yellow Red/"Off" Green/"On" "Hand-Off-Auto" Suffix to the contactor or starter reference (1) A A1 A2 P1 P2 P3 P4 P21 P22 P23 P24 P25 P51 P52 P55 P71 P72 C "On-Off" "Forward-Off-Reverse" "Forward-Reverse" C6 C14 C20 For use on Class Enclosure type Functions 8502, 8536, NEMA 1, 12 8702, 8736 8502, 8536, NEMA 1, 12 8702, 8736 Specify voltage and frequency Suffix to the contactor or starter reference (1) S One fuse Two fuses Fuses: 2 (primary), 0 (secondary) Fuses: 2 (primary), 1 (secondary) Fuses: 1 (primary), 2 (secondary) (5) Fuses: 2 (primary), 2 (secondary) 100 VA additional capacity 200 VA additional capacity F F4 F4T (4) FF4T F1F10T F4F10T F4T11 (6) F4T12 (6) NEMA 1, 12 NEMA 1, 12 Weight kg (lb) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Variants – Transformers Description Separate control circuit Fused control circuit without transformer Control circuit transformers standard capacity (50/60 Hz) (3) 8502, 8536, NEMA 1, 12 8702, 8736 Weight kg (lb) – – – – – – – – – Additional capacity 8502, 8536, NEMA 1, 12 (50/60 Hz) Two fuses in primary 8702, 8736 (3) 8502, 8536, NEMA 1, 12 100 VA additional capacity FF4T11 – Additional capacity (50/60 Hz) Two fuses in primary 8702, 8736 and one fuse in secondary (3) (1) Example: 8536 SAG 12 V01 A P1 P2. All suffixes are listed in alphanumeric order after the voltage code. (2) Unless otherwise requested, the standard practice is to wire the red pilot light to indicate that the device is energized. No additional auxiliary contact is required. Also, standard practice is to wire the green pilot light to indicate that the device is deenergized. An additional normally closed auxiliary contact is required; please consult your regional sales office. (3) Control circuit transformer selection table: Primary-secondary 120-24 (7) 208-120 240-24 (7) 240-120 277-120 480-24 (7) 480-120 480-240 600-120 60 Hz V89 V84 V82 V80 V85 V83 V81 V87 V86 Example: 8536 SAG 12 V81 F4T A P1 P2. (4) Not available with 24 V secondary on Size 3. Select appropriate transformer with secondary fuse protection. See transformer selection table. (5) Single phase with one leg earthed, or earthed 3-phase applications only. (6) Not available with 24 V secondary. Select appropriate transformer with secondary fuse protection. See transformer selection table for 24 V secondary restrictions. (7) 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. General, characteristics: pages 1/4 and 1/5 1/12 Dimensions: pages 1/14 to 1/17 References (continued) 0 Contactors and Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style Variants Variants – Auxiliary contacts Description Number of contacts Suffix to the Weight contactor or kg (lb) Forward Reverse starter reference contactor contactor N/O N/C N/O N/C Auxiliary contacts 8502, 8536 NEMA 1, – 1 X01 – for non-reversing contactors and NEMA 12 2 X02 – non-reversing starters 3 X03 – (1) 4 X04 – 1 – X10 – 1 X11 – 2 X12 – 3 X13 – 2 – X20 – 1 X21 – 2 X22 – 3 – X30 – 1 X31 – 4 – X40 – 1 – – – X1000 – Auxiliary contacts standard 8702, 8736 NEMA 1, NEMA 12 no additional auxiliary – 1 – – X0100 – contacts 2 – – – X2000 – for reversing contactors and 1 1 – – X1100 – reversing starters – 2 – – X0200 – – – 1 – X0010 – 1 – 1 – X1010 – – 1 1 – X0110 – 2 – 1 – X2010 – 1 1 1 – X1110 – – 2 1 – X0210 – – – – 1 X0001 – 1 – – 1 X1001 – – 1 – 1 X0101 – 2 – – 1 X2001 – 1 1 – 1 X1101 – – 2 – 1 X0201 – – – 2 – X0020 – 1 – 2 – X1020 – – 1 2 – X0120 – 2 – 2 – X2020 – 1 1 2 – X1120 – – 2 2 – X0220 – – – 1 1 X0011 – 1 – 1 1 X1011 – – 1 1 1 X0111 – 2 – 1 1 X2011 – 1 1 1 1 X1111 – – 2 1 1 X0211 – – – – 2 X0002 – 1 – – 2 X1002 – – 1 – 2 X0102 – 2 – – 2 X2002 – 1 1 – 2 X1102 – – 2 – 2 X0202 – (1) Maximum number of external auxiliary units (in addition to holding circuit contact): Class 8502/8536/8702/8736 Maximum number pppp SA 4 N/O or N/C, if second internal auxiliary contact is not used pppp SB/SC/SD 4 N/O or N/C 2 N/O or N/C plus 1 power-pole adder (single- or 2-pole, N/O or N/C) 1 attached timer plus 1 power-pole adder (single- or 2-pole, N/O or N/C) plus 1 auxiliary contact pppp SE/SF/SG 4 N/O or N/C (Size 3 and Size 4) pppp SE/SF/SG 2 N/O or N/C plus 1 NEMA Size 0–1 or Size 2 power-pole adder (single- or 2-pole, N/O or N/C) (Size 5) pppp SH/SJ 4 N/O or N/C 2 N/O or N/C plus 1 NEMA Size 0–1 or Size 2 power-pole adder (single- or 2-pole, N/O or N/C) General, characteristics: pages 1/4 and 1/5 For use on Class Enclosure type Dimensions: pages 1/14 to 1/17 1/13 1 Contactors and Starters Dimensions 0 0 Type S, NEMA-style Contactors and starters Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch) Contactors 8502 SpO (Open) 1 8502 SAO 8502 SBO 8502 SCO 8502 SDO 8502 SEO 8502 SFO 8502 SGO 8502 SHO 8502 SJO A 81.5 81.5 81.5 125.2 138.7 152.4 220.0 267.7 267.7 B 110.2 110.2 110.2 130.2 180.1 207.8 312.7 712.7 946.2 C 106.9 106.9 106.9 125.2 165.1 165.1 222.3 228.6 276.1 D 41.3 41.3 41.3 54.6 47.6 52.3 82.6 89.7 89.7 E 41.3 41.3 41.3 54.6 89.7 99.8 147.6 185.7 185.7 F 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 7.9 7.9 15.9 128.5 183.1 G 99.8 99.8 99.8 116.6 153.2 177.8 282.6 471.4 568.3 H – – – 13.5 82.6 91.2 120.7 120.7 120.7 I – – – 26.9 120.7 134.9 184.2 184.2 184.2 8536 SAO 8536 SBO 8536 SCO 8536 SDO 8536 SEO 8536 SFO 8536 SGO 8536 SHO 8536 SJO A 81.5 81.5 81.5 109.5 138.7 152.4 217.4 313.4 313.4 B 168.3 168.3 168.3 198.4 281.7 327.0 446.0 712.7 946.2 C 106.9 106.9 106.9 125.2 165.1 165.1 222.3 228.6 276.2 D 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 22.2 46.0 120.7 120.7 120.7 E 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 44.5 44.5 184.2 184.2 184.2 F 37.3 37.3 37.3 52.3 91.2 99.8 136.5 146.8 146.8 G 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.2 7.9 7.9 15.9 128.5 183.1 H 158.8 158.8 158.8 186.4 258.6 284.0 415.9 471.4 568.3 I 100.6 100.6 100.6 103.1 196.9 146.1 152.4 220.5 228.6 A D E C F G B H I Starters 8536 SpO (Open) A F C G H B RESET I D E Contactors and starters 8502/8536 SpG (NEMA 1 General purpose enclosure) A Pilot Light D K L K B 152.4 152.4 152.4 198.4 290.3 254.0 254.0 254.0 322.1 554.0 J 8502/8536 SAG 8502/8536 SBG 8502/8536 SCG 8502/8536 SDG 8502/8536 SEG E F A C B RESET C 8502 134.1 134.1 134.1 153.2 203.2 C 8536 141.2 141.2 141.2 160.3 212.7 D E F G H I J K L 76.2 76.2 76.2 – – 22.2 22.2 22.2 32.5 38.9 206.4 206.4 206.4 266.7 476.3 25.4 25.4 25.4 27.7 38.9 23.6 23.6 23.6 27.7 38.9 104.8 104.8 104.8 142.9 212.7 127.0 127.0 127.0 146.1 196.9 – – – 27.7 38.9 – – – 142.9 212.7 G H I H A I Dia. Mounting Holes A H B 8502/8536 SFG 285.8 8502/8536 SGG 437.1 B C 8502 639 228.6 1122.9 325.4 C 8536 228.6 328.4 D E F G 218.2 330.2 31.8 54.0 31.8 54.0 566.7 36.3 1016.0 54.0 D – – E 279.4 – F G 1638.3 60.3 – – G RESET H E D F C B A B 8502/8536 SHG 1670.1 513.3 8502/8536 SJG 2362.2 876.3 E H G A F C General, characteristics: pages 1/4 and 1/5 1/14 References: pages 1/6 to 1/13 C 333.4 596.9 H 139.7 – H I 11 14 Contactors and Starters Dimensions (continued) 0 0 Type S, NEMA-style Contactors and starters Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch) Contactors and starters 8502/8536 SpG F4T (NEMA 1 General purpose enclosure with suffix F4T) H Dia. Mounting Holes (1) G F 8502/8536 SBG ppp F4T 8502/8536 SCG ppp F4T B E D A (1) I Dia. Mounting Holes H B G RESET H D B G 1 C C D E 8502 8536 161.0 403.2 127.0 141.2 118.1 21.3 F H 365.1 19.1 7.1 161.0 403.2 127.0 141.2 118.1 21.3 365.1 19.1 7.1 A F H C A E A F B C 8502 192 C D E 8536 194.3 323.9 26.9 G I 8502/8536 377.8 358.8 26.9 304.8 26.9 SDG ppp F4T 8502/8536 461.0 740.4 235.0 235.0 393.7 35.1 35.1 673.1 33.5 SFG ppp F4T (1) For other products with form F4T: 8502/8536 SEG ppp F4T uses 9070 GO transformer (see dimensions page 1/14). 8502/8536 SHG ppp F4T and 8502/8536 SJG ppp F4T are supplied as standard. 7.9 10.9 C Contactors and starters 8502/8536 SpA (NEMA 12 Dust-tight enclosure) D A E D G F C G H 90.4 90.4 90.4 114.3 114.3 137.2 163.3 – I 311.2 311.2 390.5 678.4 678.4 719.1 784.2 – J 7.9 7.9 7.9 10.9 10.9 14.2 17.3 – (1) A B C D E F G H 8502/8536 SBA ppp F4T 301.6 203.2 342.9 71.4 171.5 323.9 9.5 99.1 8502/8536 SCA ppp F4T 301.6 203.2 342.9 71.4 171.5 323.9 9.5 99.1 8502/8536 SDA ppp F4T 377.8 206.4 406.4 65.0 247.7 381.0 9.5 92.7 8502/8536 SEA ppp F4T 461.0 242.8 800.1 78.0 304.8 774.7 12.7 114.3 8502/8536 SFA ppp F4T 461.0 242.8 800.1 78.0 304.8 774.7 12.7 114.3 8502/8536 SGA ppp F4T 437.1 341.1 1193.8 104.8 228.6 1168.4 12.7 137.2 (1) 8502/8536 SHA ppp F4T and 8502/8536 SJA ppp F4T are supplied as standard. I 466.7 466.7 546.1 678.4 678.4 719.1 J 7.9 7.9 7.9 10.9 10.9 14.2 8502/8536 SBA 8502/8536 SCA 8502/8536 SDA 8502/8536 SEA 8502/8536 SFA 8502/8536 SGA 8502/8536 SHA 8502/8536 SJA B A 161.9 161.9 206.4 461.0 461.0 437.1 513.3 876.3 B 216.7 216.7 235.7 242.8 242.8 341.1 330.2 596.9 C 323.9 323.9 406.4 800.1 800.1 1193.8 1651.0 2362.2 D 39.6 39.6 39.6 78.0 78.0 104.8 104.8 – E 82.6 82.6 127.0 304.8 304.8 228.6 304.8 – F 304.8 304.8 381.0 774.7 774.7 1168.4 1625.6 – G 9.5 9.5 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 – J Dia. Mounting Holes I H Contactors and starters 8502/8536 SpA F4T (NEMA 12 Dust-tight enclosure with suffix F4T) D A E D G F C G B J Dia. Mounting Holes I H General, characteristics: pages 1/4 and 1/5 References: pages 1/6 to 1/13 1/15 Contactors and Starters Dimensions 0 0 Type S, NEMA-style Reversing contactors and reversing starters Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch) Reversing contactors and reversing starters 8702 SpO/8736 SJO (Open) 1 A D E G F C H B J K I Reference/Mounting (1) A B C D E F G H I J 8702 SAO/Horizontal 181.0 127.0 134.9 – – 86.4 11.7 110.2 4.6 139.7 8702 SBO/Horizontal 181.0 127.0 134.9 – – 86.4 11.7 110.2 4.6 139.7 8702 SBO/Vertical 138.7 233.9 134.9 127.8 5.3 – 15.5 203.2 15.5 127.8 8702 SCO/Horizontal 181.0 127.0 134.9 – – 86.4 11.7 110.2 4.6 139.7 8702 SCO/Vertical 138.7 233.9 134.9 127.8 5.3 – 15.5 203.2 15.5 127.8 8702 SDO/Horizontal 228.6 174.6 153.2 – – 114.3 9.5 142.9 6.4 152.4 8702 SDO/Vertical 171.5 288.9 153.2 158.8 6.4 – 12.7 263.5 12.7 158.8 8702 SEO/Horizontal 322.8 202.2 177.8 298.5 12.2 – 12.2 177.8 12.2 298.5 8702 SEO/Vertical 182.9 482.6 177.8 158.8 12.2 – 25.7 431.8 24.9 158.8 8702 SFO/Horizontal 362.0 296.7 177.8 336.6 12.7 – 12.7 203.2 46.7 336.6 8702 SFO/Vertical 202.2 607.1 177.8 177.8 12.2 – 46.0 514.4 30.0 177.8 8702 SGO/Horizontal 490.5 411.0 238.1 457.2 16.5 – 26.2 355.6 29.2 457.2 8702 SGO/Vertical 273.1 864.6 238.1 241.3 15.9 – 31.8 812.8 29.2 241.3 8702 SHO/Horizontal 568.3 712.2 241.6 457.2 15.9 – 97.2 538.0 77.0 457.2 8702 SJO/Horizontal 616.0 946.2 350.8 501.7 38.4 – – 762.0 – – 8736 SJO/Horizontal 616.0 946.2 350.8 501.7 38.4 – – 762.0 – – (1) Vertical type design differs from that shown on the corresponding NEMA size horizontal type figure, but dimensions listed apply to that figure. K 22.9 22.9 5.3 22.9 5.3 38.1 6.4 12.2 12.2 12.7 12.2 16.5 15.9 19.4 – – Reversing contactors and reversing starters 8736 SpO (Open) A D F G E C H I B RESET J L K M Reference/Mounting (1) A B C D E F G H I J K L 8736 SAO/Horizontal 181.0 175.3 134.9 – – 86.4 11.9 110.2 157.7 115.1 128.5 16.7 8736 SBO/Horizontal 181.0 175.3 134.9 – – 86.4 11.9 110.2 157.7 115.1 128.5 16.7 8736 SBO/Vertical 138.9 292.4 134.9 127.8 5.3 – 15.5 203.2 271.8 63.8 128.5 5.3 8736 SCO/Horizontal 181.0 175.3 134.9 – – 86.4 11.9 110.2 157.7 115.1 128.5 16.7 8736 SCO/Vertical 138.9 292.4 134.9 127.8 5.3 – 15.5 203.2 271.8 63.8 128.5 5.3 8736 SDO/Horizontal 228.6 215.9 153.2 – – 114.3 9.5 142.9 190.5 127.0 131.0 38.1 8736 SDO/Vertical 171.5 342.4 153.2 158.8 6.4 – 19.8 263.5 329.2 79.4 131.0 6.4 8736 SEO/Horizontal 322.8 297.4 177.8 298.5 12.2 12.2 273.1 273.1 298.5 158.8 12.2 8736 SEO/Vertical 185.7 565.2 177.8 158.8 12.2 – 25.7 527.1 – 158.8 158.8 12.2 8736 SFO/Horizontal 362.0 370.6 177.8 336.6 12.7 – 46.7 311.2 311.2 336.6 158.8 12.7 8736 SFO/Vertical 202.2 662.4 177.8 177.8 12.2 46.7 622.3 – 102.6 158.8 12.2 8736 SGO/Horizontal 490.5 530.9 238.1 457.2 16.5 32.5 482.6 482.6 457.2 168.3 15.9 8736 SGO/Vertical 273.1 994.4 238.1 241.3 16.5 – 32.5 946.2 946.2 241.3 168.3 15.9 8736 SHO/Horizontal 568.3 712.2 241.6 457.2 17.3 – 97.2 538.0 77.0 457.2 19.4 – (1) Vertical type design differs from that shown on the corresponding NEMA size horizontal type figure, but dimensions listed apply to that figure. General, characteristics: pages 1/4 and 1/5 1/16 References: pages 1/6 to 1/13 M – – 127.8 – 127.8 – 152.4 298.5 158.8 336.6 177.8 457.2 241.3 – Contactors and Starters Dimensions (continued) 0 0 Type S, NEMA-style Reversing contactors and reversing starters Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch) Reversing contactors and reversing starters 8702/8736 SpG (NEMA 1 General purpose enclosure) 1 H I Dia. Mounting Holes A B G RESET E F D C 8702/8736 SAG 8702/8736 SBG 8702/8736 SCG 8702/8736 SDG 8702/8736 SEG 8702/8736 SFG 8702/8736 SGG 8702/8736 SHG 8702/8736 SJG H A B 301.6 301.6 301.6 377.8 461.0 461.0 894.3 919.7 876.3 301.6 301.6 301.6 358.8 740.6 740.6 1173.7 1582.7 2362.2 C 8702 188.0 188.0 188.0 192.0 235.0 235.0 325.4 494.3 596.9 C 8736 191.3 191.3 191.3 194.3 235.0 235.0 328.4 494.3 596.9 D E F G H I 247.7 247.7 247.7 323.9 393.7 393.7 787.4 – – 26.9 26.9 26.9 26.9 33.7 33.7 53.3 – – 26.9 26.9 26.9 26.9 33.7 33.7 53.3 – – 247.7 247.7 247.7 304.8 673.1 673.1 1066.8 – – 26.9 26.9 26.9 26.9 33.7 33.7 53.3 – – 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 11.1 11.1 14.2 – – I 460.4 460.4 539.8 678.4 678.4 678.4 678.4 1165.2 1165.2 – – J 7.9 7.9 7.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 14.2 14.2 – – Reversing contactors and reversing starters 8702/8736 SpA (NEMA 12 Dust-tight enclosure) D A E D G FC B G J Dia. Mounting Holes I H (1) A B C D E F G H 8702/8736 SBA 301.6 196.9 349.3 65.0 171.5 323.9 12.7 92.7 8702/8736 SCA 301.6 196.9 349.3 65.0 171.5 323.9 12.7 92.7 8702/8736 SDA 377.8 200.0 406.4 65.0 247.7 381.0 12.7 92.7 8702 SEA 461.2 235.0 800.1 78.0 304.8 774.7 12.7 93.5 8736 SEA 461.0 242.8 800.1 78.0 304.8 774.7 12.7 114.3 8702 SFA 461.2 235.0 800.1 78.0 304.8 774.7 12.7 93.5 8736 SFA 461.0 242.8 800.1 78.0 304.8 774.7 12.7 114.3 8702 SGA 889.5 333.4 1244.6 104.8 685.8 1219.2 12.7 134.9 8736 SGA 889.5 353.8 1244.6 104.8 685.8 1219.2 12.7 155.6 8702/8736 SHA 919.7 494.3 1580.1 – – – – – 8702/8736 SJA 876.3 596.9 2362.2 – – – – – (1) Standard enclosure has space for a fused control transformer, suffix F4T, on 8702/8736 SBA, 8702/8736 SCA, 8702/8736 SDA. General, characteristics: pages 1/4 and 1/5 References: pages 1/6 to 1/13 1/17 2/0 Contents 2 - Heavy Industrial Combination Starters, Type S, NEMA-Style Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/2 b Starters with disconnect switch or circuit breaker v General, characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/4 b Starters with fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538 with Class H fuse clips and solid-state overload relay v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/6 2 b Starters with fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538 with Class R fuse clips v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/7 b Starters with Mag-Gard® circuit breaker, Class 8539 v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/8 b Starters with thermal-magnetic circuit breaker, Class 8539 v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/10 b Starters with non-fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538 v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/12 b Starters with fusible disconnect switch and Class H fuse clips Class 8538 v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/13 b Starters with fusible disconnect switch (Class R fuse clips) and solid-state overload relay, Class 8538 v Associations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/14 b Starters with fusible disconnect switch and solid-state overload relay, Class 8538 v Associations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/15 b Starters with Mag-Gard® circuit breaker, Class 8539 and solid-state overload relay v Associations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/16 b Starters with thermal-magnetic circuit breaker and solid-state overload relay v Associations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/18 b Accessories v Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/20 v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/21 b Starters with disconnect switch or circuit breaker v Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/22 2/1 Selection guide Combination Starters 0 0 Type S, NEMA-style starters with Disconnect switch or circuit breaker NEMA Size 0 1 2 3 hp/2.2 kW 3 hp/2.2 kW 5 hp/3.75 kW 5 hp/3.75 kW 7.5 hp/5.5 kW 7.5 hp/5.5 kW 10 hp/7.5 kW 10 hp/7.5 kW 10 hp/7.5 kW 15 hp/11 kW 25 hp/18.5 kW 25 hp/18.5 kW 531119 Type S NEMA combination starters 531120 Applications 2 Standard motor power ratings 50/60 Hz (1) 200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (500 V) Motor voltage (starter voltage) Enclosures - NEMA 1: General purpose NEMA 1 NEMA 12 NEMA 1 NEMA 12 NEMA 1 NEMA 12 Fusible disconnectswitch starters Class H fuse clips 8538 SBG 1p 8538 SBA pp 8538 SCG 1p 8538 SCA pp 8538 SDG 1p 8538 SDA pp Pages 2/6 Fusible disconnectswitch starters Class R fuse clips 8538 SBG 3 p Pages 2/7 Non-fusible disconnectswitch starters 8538 SBG 11 Pages 2/12 Circuit-breaker starters 8539 SBG 4p Pages 2/8 and 2/9 Thermal-magnetic circuitbreaker starters 8539 SBG p - NEMA 12: Dust-tight for industrial use Pages 2/2 2/6 8538 SBA pp 8538 SCG 3 p 2/6 8538 SCA pp 2/7 8538 SBA p1 8538 SCG 11 8539 SCG 4p 8538 SCA p1 8539 SCG p 8538 SDG 11 8538 SDA p1 2/12 8539 SCA pp 2/8 and 2/9 8539 SBA pp 8538 SDA pp 2/7 2/12 8539 SBA pp 8538 SDG 3 p 8539 SDG 4p 8539 SDA pp 2/8 and 2/9 8539 SCA pp 8539 SDG p 2/10 and 2/11 2/10 and 2/11 2/10 and 2/11 (1) For circuit-breaker starters and thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker starters, see pages 2/8 to 2/11. 8539 SDA pp 0 531269 531269 531120 531119 Type S NEMA combination starters 2 3 4 5 6 7 25 hp/18.5 kW 30 hp/22 kW 50 hp/37 kW 50 hp/37 kW 40 hp/30 kW 50 hp/37 kW 100 hp/75 kW 100 hp/75 kW 75 hp/55 kW 100 hp/75 kW 200 hp/150 kW 200 hp/150 kW 150 hp/110 kW 200 hp/150 kW 400 hp/300 kW 400 hp/300 kW – 300 hp/220 kW 600 hp/450 kW 600 hp/450 kW NEMA 1 NEMA 12 NEMA 1 NEMA 12 NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 12 8538 SEG 1p 8538 SEA pp 8538 SFG 1p 8538 SFA pp 8538 8538 SGG 1p SGA pp 8538 8538 SHG 1p SHA pp – – NEMA 12 NEMA 12 2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 – 8538 8538 SEG 3 p SEA pp 8538 8538 SFG 3 p SFA pp 8538 8538 SGG 3 p SGA pp 8538 8538 SHG 3 p SHA pp – 2/7 2/7 2/7 2/7 – 8538 8538 SGG 11 SGA p1 8538 8538 SHG 11 SHA p1 – 2/12 2/12 – 8539 8539 SGG 4p SGA pp 8539 8539 SHG 4p SHA pp 8539 SJG 4p 2/8 and 2/9 2/8 and 2/9 2/8 and 2/9 8538 SEG 11 8538 SEA p1 2/12 8539 SEG 4p 2/10 and 2/11 8538 SFA p1 2/12 8539 SEA pp 2/8 and 2/9 8539 SEG p 8538 SFG 11 8539 SFG 4p 8539 SFA pp 2/8 and 2/9 8539 SEA pp 8539 SFG p 2/10 and 2/11 8539 SFA pp 8539 SGG p 2/10 and 2/11 8539 SGA pp 8539 SHG p 2/10 and 2/11 8539 SHA pp 8539 SJG p – – 8539 SJA 5p 8539 SJA pp 2/10 and 2/11 2/3 Combination Starters General, characteristics 0 0 Type S, NEMA-style starters with Disconnect switch or circuit breaker General Class 8538 and 8539 Type S combination starters combine the requirements of motor overload and short-circuit protection into one package. These starters are manufactured in accordance with NEMA standards and are UL listed. They are designed to operate up to a 600 V maximum, 50 to 60 Hz, and are available with solid-state overload relays. Square D is one of the leaders in North America and Europe in providing starters that are verified by UL to comply with IEC 947-4-1 and Type 2 coordination. This means that the components of a motor branch circuit protective device (fuses and circuitbreaker), contactor and overload relay will be suitable for further use following a short-circuit fault allowing for replacement of components during normal scheduled maintenance. Class 8538 Type S combination starters, Sizes 0–5, with fusible disconnect switches, meet Type 2 performance criteria. 531043 2 Disconnect-switch starters Features: b Interchangeable fuse clips, straight through wiring, solid earth/ground bar, space for a fused control transformer, provisions for adding disconnect switch electrical interlock, handle mechanism/door closing mechanism. Switch-type combination starters are available with fusible or non-fusible disconnect switches in NEMA Sizes 0–6. The switch itself is constructed of a moulded, insulated material that delivers arc-quenching performance similar to that of high voltage switch-gear. The visible blade construction allows you to confirm the blade position at a glance. Many industries have standardized on this feature. Sizes 0–2, non-fusible assemblies can be field converted to fusible designs easily and quickly. Factory-built fusible units accept the industry-standard Class H or R fuses. The various units have specific UL-listed short-circuit withstand ratings that range from 5000 to 100 000 A. Specific ratings are influenced by many components including the size of the disconnect switch and the type of fuses used with the switch. Circuit-breaker starters Features: b Handle mechanism, door closing mechanism. 531042 Fusible disconnect-switch combination starter Options: b Factory-installed auxiliary switch (provides remote indication of an open or tripped breaker), factory-supplied alarm switch (actuates bell alarms or warning light when breaker is tripped). Square D provides both a thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker and a motor circuit protector in NEMA Sizes 0–7 for applications requiring a breaker-type combination starter. The most widely used over-current protection devices are thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers. Mag-Gard® motor circuit protectors are similar in construction, but provide only short-circuit protection. When Mag-Gard devices are used with motor starters, the adjustable instantaneous trip provides maximum motor protection based on specific amperage and application. Type S combination starters using thermal-magnetic breakers carry a UL-listed short-circuit withstand rating from 5000 to 30 000 A. If a Mag-Gard Type GJL breaker is used, withstand ratings increase to 100 000 A. Specific ratings and listings may vary depending on the specific combination of components used in the assembly. Circuit-breaker combination starter Characteristics Environment Class Size Rated insulation voltage Conforming to UL, CSA Rated impulse withstand voltage Class H or Class K fuses Class R fuses ITE circuit-breaker (FAL, KAL, LAL, MAL) ITE circuit-breaker (GJL) INST circuit-breaker (FAL, KAL, LAL, MAL) INST circuit-breaker (GJL) Product certifications References: pages 2/6 to 2/21 2/4 Dimensions: pages 2/22 and 2/23 8538 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 8539 0 1 V 600 kV kV kV kV kV kV 5 10 18 – 100 – – 10 – 65 – 22 (1) – 100 (2) UL, CSA (1) 22 kV rating for 0–480 V. 10 kV rating for 600 V. (2) 100 kV rating for 0–480 V. 10 kV rating for 600 V. (3) 30 kV rating for 0–480 V. 22 kV rating for 600 V. 2 3 4 5 6 7 600 – 22 30 (3) – Characteristics (continued) 0 Combination Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style starters with Disconnect switch or circuit breaker Electrical characteristics UL-listed short-circuit ratings Size Disconnect-switch starters NEMA fuse class Enclosure (1) Available Ampere RMS symmetrical Disconnect-switch starters NEMA fuse class Enclosure (1) Available Ampere RMS symmetrical Circuit-breaker starters Enclosure (1) Available Ampere RMS symmetrical Thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker starters Enclosure (1) Available Ampere RMS symmetrical A A A A 0 1 8538 SpG 1p/SpA Class H Standard 5000 8538 SpG 3p/SpA Class R Standard 100 000 8539 SpG 4p/SpA Standard With GJL circuit-breaker: 100 000 (voltage 0–480 V) 10 000 (voltage 481–600 V) 2 3 4 5 10 000 6 7 – 18 000 – 2 – – With GJL 22 000 circuit-breaker: 100 000 (voltage 0–480 V) 10 000 (voltage 481–600 V) 22 000 (8539 SGG 4p S8 and 8539 SDA pp S8) 8538 SpG p/SpA Standard 5000 30 000 (voltage 0–480 V) 22 000 (voltage 481–600 V) 10 000 18 000 30 000 (voltage 0–480 V) 22 000 (voltage 481–600 V) Mag-Gard trip range Circuit-breaker Suffix number/trip range A GJL/FAL/KAL/LAL/MAL ppppp Mpp M01 = 9–33 25M = 625–1250 M02 = 21–77 26M = 750–1500 M03 = 45–165 29M = 875–1750 M04 = 90–330 30M = 1000–2000 M05 = 150–550 31M = 1125–2250 M06 = 225–825 32M = 1250–2500 18M = 300–1100 33M = 1500–3000 35M = 1750–3500 36M = 2000–4000 40M = 2500–5000 42M = 3000–6000 44M = 3500–7000 Terminals Size Type Type of lug Wire Switch size Circuitmin.– breaker max. 0 1 2 Line terminals on disconnect switch Box lug #14–#1/0 Cu/Al #14–#4 Cu (2) #14–#1/0 Cu or #12–#4 Al or #12–#1/0 Al #14–#1/0 Cu #14–#1 Cu/#8–1/0 Al #12–#1/0 Al (GJL Breaker) #14–#1 Cu/#8–#1/0 Al (GJL Breaker) Type Type of lug Power terminals on magnetic starter Screw Box lug clamp terminal #14–#8 Cu #14–#4 Cu Wire Size min.– max. 1 or 2 Per terminal Type Type of lug Wire Size min.max. Per terminal 3 #14–#2 Cu #10–#2 Al (FA Brkr) #4–300 MCM Cu/Al (KA Breaker) #14–#1 Cu/#8–#1/0 Al (GJL Breaker) 4 5 #6–300 MCM Cu/Al One #4–500 MCM Cu #14–#1/0 Cu #4–300 MCM Cu/Al #12–#1/0 Al (LA Brkr) (KA Breaker) #4–300 MCM Cu/Al x1 #1–600 MCM or (KA Breaker) x2 #1–250 MCM Cu/Al (LA Breaker) 6 7 – – x1 #1–600 MCM or x3 #3/0–500 MCM x2 #1–250 MCM Cu/Al Cu/Al (LA Breaker) or x3 #3/0–500 MCM Cu/Al (MA Breaker) Parallel groove #14–#0 Cu #8–250 MCM Cu #4–500 MCM Cu 1 Control terminals on magnetic starter Screw clamp terminal #16–#12 Cu 250–500 MCM Cu (3) 250–500 MCM Cu 1 or 2 1–4 #16–#12 Cu (4) #16–#12 Cu 2 (1) Standard enclosure includes non-oversize NEMA 1 and 12. (2) Use on FAL circuit-breakers rated 25 A or less. (3) Order Class 9999 Type SAL-16 parts kit to convert power terminals to accept wire sizes 1/0–300 MCM. (4) Terminal block range limited to #16–#14. References: pages 2/6 to 2/21 Dimensions: pages 2/22 and 2/23 2/5 References 0 Combination Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style starters with Fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538 with Class H fuse clips and solid-state overload relay 3-pole fusible full-voltage starters, non-reversing (Class H fuse clips) 531043 NEMA Size Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz Motor volts (1) 200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V) hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW Fuse clip size External Basic reference Weight reset Add code indicating control circuit voltage (2), optional variants (3) and H code (4) A kg (lb) NEMA 1 general purpose enclosure 2 0 1 2 8538 SBG 12 ppp 3 4 5 6 3 – 5 – 7.5 10 – – 20 – 25 40 – 75 – 150 – 2.2 – 3.75 – 5.5 7.5 – – 15 – 18.5 30 – 55 – 110 – 3 – 5 – 7.5 15 – – 25 – 30 50 – 100 – 200 – 2.2 – 3.75 – 5.5 11 – – 18.5 – 22 37 – 75 – 150 – – 5 – 10 – – 15 25 – 50 – – 100 – 200 – 400 – 3.75 – 7.5 – – 11 18.5 – 37 – – 75 – 150 – 300 – 5 – 10 – – 15 25 – 50 – – 100 – 200 – 400 – 3.75 – 7.5 – – 11 18.5 – 37 – – 75 – 150 – 300 30 30 30 30 60 60 30 60 100 100 200 200 200 400 400 600 600 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 8538 SBG 12 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SBG 13 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SCG 12 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SCG 14 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SCG 13 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SDG 12 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SDG 16 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SDG 14 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SEG 15 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SEG 13 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SEG 12 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SFG 15 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SFG 13 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SGG 15 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SGG 13 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SHG 13 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SHG 12 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38) 17 (38) 17 (38) 17 (38) 17 (38) 25 (54) 25 (54) 25 (54) 46 (102) 46 (102) 46 (102) 74 (163) 74 (163) 204 (450) 204 (450) 240 (530) 240 (530) With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without 8538 SBA 22 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SBA 12 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SBA 23 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SBA 13 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SCA 22 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SCA 12 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SCA 24 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SCA 14 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SCA 23 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SCA 13 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SDA 22 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SDA 12 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SDA 26 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SDA 16 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SDA 24 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SDA 14 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SEA 25 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SEA 15 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SEA 23 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SEA 13 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SEA 22 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SEA 12 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SFA 25 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SFA 15 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SFA 23 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SFA 13 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SGA 25 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SGA 15 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SGA 23 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SGA 13 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SHA 23 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SHA 13 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SHA 22 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SHA 12 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 50 (111) 50 (111) 50 (111) 50 (111) 50 (111) 50 (111) 77 (170) 77 (170) 77 (170) 77 (170) 207 (457) 207 (457) 207 (457) 207 (457) 250 (552) 250 (552) 250 (552) 250 (552) NEMA 12 dust-tight industrial-use enclosure 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 2.2 3 2.2 – – – – 30 – – – – 5 3.75 5 3.75 30 5 3.75 5 3.75 – – – – 30 – – – – 10 7.5 10 7.5 30 7.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 – – – – 60 10 7.5 15 11 – – – – 60 – – – – 15 11 15 11 30 – – – – 25 18.5 25 18.5 60 20 15 25 18.5 – – – – 100 – – – – 50 37 50 37 100 25 18.5 30 22 – – – – 200 40 30 50 37 – – – – 200 – – – – 100 75 100 75 200 75 55 100 75 – – – – 400 – – – – 200 150 200 150 400 150 110 200 150 – – – – 600 – – – – 400 300 400 300 600 (1) (2) (3) (4) See page 2/8. General, characteristics: pages 2/4 and 2/5 2/6 Dimensions: pages 2/22 and 2/23 References 0 Combination Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style starters with Fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538 with Class R fuse clips 3-pole fusible full-voltage starters, non-reversing (Class R fuse clips) 531043 NEMA Size Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz Motor volts (1) 200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V) hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW Fuse clip size External Basic reference Weight reset Add code indicating control circuit voltage (2), optional variants (3) and H code (4) A kg (lb) NEMA 1 general purpose enclosure 0 1 2 8538 SBG 32 ppp 3 4 5 6 3 – 5 – 7.5 10 – – 20 – 25 40 – 75 – 150 – 2.2 – 3.75 – 5.5 7.5 – – 15 – 18.5 30 – 55 – 110 – 3 – 5 – 7.5 15 – – 25 – 30 50 – 100 – 200 – 2.2 – 3.75 – 5.5 11 – – 18.5 – 22 37 – 75 – 150 – – 5 – 10 – – 15 25 – 50 – – 100 – 200 – 400 – 3.75 – 7.5 – – 11 18.5 – 37 – – 75 – 150 – 300 – 5 – 10 – – 15 25 – 50 – – 100 – 200 – 400 – 3.75 – 7.5 – – 11 18.5 – 37 – – 75 – 150 – 300 30 30 30 30 60 60 30 60 100 100 200 200 200 400 400 600 600 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 8538 SBG 32 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SBG 33 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SCG 32 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SCG 34 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SCG 33 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SDG 32 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SDG 36 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SDG 34 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SEG 35 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SEG 33 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SEG 32 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SFG 35 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SFG 33 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SGG 35 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SGG 33 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SHG 33 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SHG 32 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38) 17 (38) 17 (38) 17 (38) 17 (38) 25 (54) 25 (54) 25 (54) 46 (102) 46 (102) 46 (102) 74 (163) 74 (163) 204 (450) 204 (450) 240 (530) 240 (530) With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without 8538 SBA 42 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SBA 32 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SBA 43 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SBA 33 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SCA 42 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SCA 32 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SCA 44 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SCA 34 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SCA 43 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SCA 33 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SDA 42 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SDA 32 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SDA 46 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SDA 36 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SDA 44 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SDA 34 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SEA 45 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SEA 35 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SEA 43 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SEA 33 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SEA 42 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SEA 32 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SFA 45 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SFA 35 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SFA 43 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SFA 33 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SGA 45 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SGA 35 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SGA 43 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SGA 33 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SHA 43 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SHA 33 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SHA 42 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SHA 32 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 50 (111) 50 (111) 50 (111) 50 (111) 50 (111) 50 (111) 77 (170) 77 (170) 77 (170) 77 (170) 207 (457) 207 (457) 207 (457) 207 (457) 250 (552) 250 (552) 250 (552) 250 (552) NEMA 12 dust-tight industrial-use enclosure 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 2.2 3 2.2 – – – – 30 – – – – 5 3.75 5 3.75 30 5 3.75 5 3.75 – – – – 30 – – – – 10 7.5 10 7.5 30 7.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 – – – – 60 10 7.5 15 11 – – – – 60 – – – – 15 11 15 11 30 – – – – 25 18.5 25 18.5 60 20 15 25 18.5 – – – – 100 – – – – 50 37 50 37 100 25 18.5 30 22 – – – – 200 40 30 50 37 – – – – 200 – – – – 100 75 100 75 200 75 55 100 75 – – – – 400 – – – – 200 150 200 150 400 150 110 200 150 – – – – 600 – – – – 400 300 400 300 600 (1) (2) (3) (4) See page 2/8. General, characteristics: pages 2/4 and 2/5 Dimensions: pages 2/22 and 2/23 2/7 2 References 0 Combination Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style starters with Mag-Gard® circuit-breaker, Class 8539 3-pole circuit-breaker starters, non-reversing NEMA Size Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz Circuit-breaker 531042 Motor volts (1) 200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V) hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW Basic reference Add code indicating control circuit voltage (2), optional variants (3) and “H” code (4) Weight kg (lb) NEMA 1 general purpose enclosure 2 0 0.3 1 3 0.2 0.75 2.2 0.3 1 3 0.2 0.75 2.2 1 3 5 0.75 2.2 3.7 1 3 5 0.75 2.2 3.7 GJL 36003 MO1 GJL 36007 MO2 GJL 36015 MO3 8539 SBG 41 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SBG 42 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SBG 43 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38) 17 (38) 17 (38) 1 0.3 1 3 5 7.5 0.2 0.75 2.2 3.7 5.5 0.3 1 3 7.5 – 0.2 0.75 2.2 5.5 – 1 3 7.5 10 – 0.75 2.2 5.5 7.5 – 1 3 10 – – 0.75 2.2 7.5 – – GJL 36003 MO1 GJL 36007 MO2 GJL 36015 MO3 GJL 36030 MO4 GJL 36050 MO5 8539 SCG 41 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCG 42 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCG 43 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCG 44 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCG 45 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38) 17 (38) 17 (38) 17 (38) 17 (38) 2 3 5 10 – 2.2 3.7 7.5 – 3 7.5 10 15 2.2 5.5 7.5 11 7.5 15 25 – 5.5 11 18.5 – 10 20 25 – 7.5 15 18.5 – GJL 36015 MO3 GJL 36030 MO4 GJL 36050 MO5 GJL 36075 MO6 8539 SDG 41 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDG 42 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDG 43 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDG 44 (2) (3) (4) 25 (54) 25 (54) 25 (54) 25 (54) 3 – 25 – 18.5 – 30 – 22 25 30 18.5 22 30 50 22 37 GJL 36050 MO5 FAL 36100 18M 8539 SEG 41 (2) (3) (4) 46 (102) 8539 SEG 42 (2) (3) (4) 46 (102) 4 30 – – 22 – – – 40 50 – 30 37 75 – 100 55 – 75 100 – – 75 – – KAL 36250 25M KAL 36250 26M KAL 36250 29M 8539 SFG 42 (2) (3) (4) 74 (163) 8539 SFG 43 (2) (3) (4) 74 (163) 8539 SFG 44 (2) (3) (4) 74 (163) 5 – 50 – 60 75 – – 37 – 45 55 – – – 60 75 – 100 – – 45 55 – 75 – – 125 150 – 200 – – 90 110 – 150 125 150 – 200 – – 90 110 – 150 – – KAL 36250 29M KAL 36250 30M KAL 36250 31M LAL 36400 32M LAL 36400 33M LAL 36400 35M 8539 SGG 41 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGG 42 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGG 43 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGG 44 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGG 45 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGG 46 (2) (3) (4) 191 (420) 191 (420) 191 (420) 191 (420) 191 (420) 191 (420) 6 – 100 125 150 – – 75 90 110 – – – 150 – 200 – – 110 – 150 – 250 300 350 400 – 185 220 250 300 250 300 400 – – 185 220 300 – – LAL 36400 35M LAL 36400 36M MAL 36600 40M MAL 36600 42M MAL 36600 44M 8539 SHG 42 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHG 43 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHG 44 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHG 45 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHG 46 (2) (3) (4) 200 (441) 200 (441) 200 (441) 200 (441) 200 (441) 8539 SBG 41 ppp 7 – – – – – – 500 370 MAL 36800 44M 8539 SJG 41 (2) (3) (4) 318 (702) – – 250 185 500 370 600 450 MAL 36800 45M 8539 SJG 42 (2) (3) (4) 318 (702) – – 300 220 600 450 – – MAL 361000 47M 8539 SJG 43 (2) (3) (4) 318 (702) (1) Motor voltage (starter voltage). (2) Standard control circuit voltage: Volts 24 110 120 208 220 240 380 440 480 550 600 50 Hz – V02 – – V03 – V05 V06 – V07 – 60 Hz V01 (5) (6) – V02 (5) V08 – V03 – – V06 – V07 24 V and 120 V coils require the addition of form “S” for separate control. Example: 8559 SCG 41 V02 H10S. (3) For optional variants, see page 2/21. (4) To complete “H” code for Motor Logic solid-state overload relays, see pages 2/13 to 2/19. Motor Logic Plus units are not available on combination starters. (5) 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–6. On Sizes 0–3, where 24 V coils are available, suffix “S” (separate control) must be specified. (6) These voltage codes must include suffix “S” (supplied at no charge). When specifying suffix “S”, please supply motor voltage when ordering. General, characteristics: pages 2/4 and 2/5 2/8 Dimensions: pages 2/22 and 2/23 References (continued) Combination Starters 0 0 Type S, NEMA-style starters with Mag-Gard® circuit breaker, Class 8539 3-pole circuit-breaker starters, non-reversing (continued) 531042 NEMA Size Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz Circuitbreaker Motor volts (1) 200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V) hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW External Basic reference Weight reset Add code indicating control circuit voltage (2), optional variants (3), and “H” code (4) kg (lb) NEMA 12 dust-tight industrial-use enclosure 0 0.75 1 0.75 0.75 3 2.2 3 2.2 3 2.2 5 3.7 5 3.7 0.2 0.3 0.2 1 0.75 1 0.75 1 0.75 1 0.75 3 2.2 3 2.2 3 2.2 3 2.2 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 5 3.7 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 – – 7.5 5.5 – – – – – – 3 2.2 3 2.2 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 5 3.7 7.5 5.5 15 11 20 15 10 7.5 10 7.5 25 18.5 25 18.5 – – 15 11 – – – – – – – 25 18.5 30 22 25 18.5 30 22 30 22 50 37 30 22 – – 75 55 100 75 – – 40 30 – – – – – – 50 37 100 75 – – – – – – – – 125 90 50 37 – – – – 150 110 – – 60 45 125 90 – – 60 45 75 55 150 110 200 150 75 55 – – – – – – – – 100 75 200 150 – – – – – – – – 250 185 100 75 – – 250 185 300 220 125 90 150 110 300 220 400 300 150 110 – – 350 250 – – – – 200 150 400 300 – – – – – – – 250 – – 300 (1) (2) (3) (4) See page 2/8. – 185 220 – 500 600 – 370 450 500 600 – 370 450 – 1 0.3 0.2 0.3 0.2 1 0.75 1 3 2.2 0.3 1 8539 SBA 51 ppp 2 3 4 5 6 7 General, characteristics: pages 2/4 and 2/5 – GJL 36003 MO1 With Without GJL 36007 MO2 With Without GJL 36015 MO3 With Without GJL 36003 MO1 With Without GJL 36007 MO2 With Without GJL 36015 MO3 With Without GJL 36030 MO4 With Without GJL 36050 MO5 With Without GJL 36015 MO3 With Without GJL 36030 MO4 With Without GJL 36050 MO5 With Without GJL 36075 MO6 With Without GJL 36050 MO5 With Without FAL 36100 18M With Without KAL 36250 25M With Without KAL 36250 26M With Without KAL 36250 29M With Without KAL 36250 29M With Without KAL 36250 30M With Without KAL 36250 31M With Without LAL 36400 32M With Without LAL 36400 33M With Without LAL 36400 35M With Without LAL 36400 35M With Without LAL 36400 36M With Without MAL 36600 40M With Without MAL 36600 42M With Without MAL 36600 44M With Without MAL 36800 44M With MAL 36800 45M With MAL 361000 47M With 8539 SBA 51 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SBA 41 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SBA 52 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SBA 42 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SBA 53 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SBA 43 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 51 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 41 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 52 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 42 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 53 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 43 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 54 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 44 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 55 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 45 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDA 51 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDA 41 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDA 52 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDA 42 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDA 53 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDA 43 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDA 54 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDA 44 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SEA 51 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SEA 41 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SEA 52 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SEA 42 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SFA 52 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SFA 42 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SFA 53 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SFA 43 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SFA 54 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SFA 44 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 51 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 41 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 52 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 42 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 53 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 43 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 54 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 44 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 55 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 45 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 56 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 46 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 52 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 42 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 53 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 43 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 54 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 44 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 55 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 45 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 56 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 46 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SJA 51 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SJA 52 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SJA 53 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 50 (111) 50 (111) 50 (111) 50 (111) 77 (170) 77 (170) 77 (170) 77 (170) 77 (170) 77 (170) 200 (440) 200 (440) 200 (440) 200 (440) 200 (440) 200 (440) 200 (440) 200 (440) 200 (440) 200 (440) 200 (440) 200 (440) 200 (441) 200 (441) 200 (441) 200 (441) 200 (441) 200 (441) 200 (441) 200 (441) 200 (441) 200 (441) 318 (702) 318 (702) 318 (702) Dimensions: pages 2/22 and 2/23 2/9 2 References 0 Combination Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style starters with Thermal-magnetic circuit breaker, Class 8539 3-pole thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker starters, non-reversing 531042 NEMA Size Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz 3Circuitbreaker Motor volts (1) 200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V) Type hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW External Basic reference Weight reset Add code indicating control circuit voltage (2), optional variants (3) and “H” code (4) Rating A kg (lb) NEMA 1 general purpose enclosure 2 0 1 8539 SBG 1 ppp 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 – 3 5 7.5 – – – – – 10 – – – – – – 15 20 25 – – 30 40 – – – 50 60 75 – – – 100 125 150 – – – – – – 1.5 – 2.2 3.7 5.5 – – – – – 7.5 – – – – – – 11 15 18.5 – – 22 30 – – – 37 45 55 – – – 75 90 110 – – – – – – 2 – 3 – – 5 7.5 – – – 10 15 – – – – – 20 25 30 – – – 50 40 – – – 75 – 60 100 – 125 150 – 200 – – 250 300 – 1.5 – 2.2 – – 3.7 5.5 – – – 7.5 11 – – – – – 15 18.5 22 – – – 37 30 – – – 55 – 45 75 – 90 110 – 150 – – 185 220 – – 5 – – – – – 7.5 10 – – – 7.5 20 25 – – 40 50 – 30 – 75 100 – 60 – – 150 – 125 200 – 250 300 350 400 – – 500 600 – – 3.7 – – – – – 5.5 7.5 – – – 5.5 15 18.5 – – 30 37 – 22 – 55 75 – 45 – – 110 – 90 150 – 185 220 250 300 – – 370 450 – – 5 – – – – – 10 – 7.5 – – – 25 – 15 20 50 – – 40 30 – – 100 75 60 150 200 – – – 125 300 400 – – 250 350 600 – 500 – 3.7 – – – – – 7.5 – 5.5 – – – 18.5 – 11 15 37 – – 30 22 – – 75 55 45 110 150 – – – 90 220 300 – – 185 250 450 – 370 FAL FAL FAL FAL FAL FAL FAL FAL FAL FAL FAL FAL FAL FAL FAL FAL FAL FAL FAL KAL FAL FAL KAL KAL KAL KAL FAL LAL LAL LAL LAL LAL KAL MAL MAL MAL MAL MAL MAL MAL MAL MAL 15 15 20 35 50 30 45 20 25 15 60 80 20 60 70 35 45 90 100 110 80 60 125 200 150 110 100 200 250 300 225 350 200 450 600 600 800 250 500 900 1000 800 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 8539 SBG 1 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SBG 2 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SBG 3 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCG 5 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCG 2 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCG 1 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCG 6 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCG 3 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCG 7 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCG 8 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDG 1 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDG 7 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDG 3 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDG 4 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDG 5 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDG 8 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDG 9 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SEG 3 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SEG 1 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SEG 5 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SEG 6 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SEG 4 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SFG 3 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SFG 4 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SFG 1 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SFG 5 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SFG 6 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGG 6 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGG 1 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGG 4 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGG 3 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGG 2 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGG 7 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHG 4 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHG 3 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHG 5 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHG 7 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHG 6 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHG 2 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SJG 2 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SJG 3 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SJG 1 (2) (3) (4) With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without 8539 SBA 11 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SBA 1 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SBA 12 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SBA 2 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SBA 13 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SBA 13 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 15 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 5 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 12 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 2 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 11 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 1 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 16 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 6 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 13 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 3 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 17 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 7 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 18 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SCA 8 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38) 17 (38) 17 (38) 17 (38) 17 (38) 17 (38) 17 (38) 17 (38) 17 (38) 17 (38) 25 (54) 25 (54) 25 (54) 25 (54) 25 (54) 25 (54) 25 (54) 46 (102) 46 (102) 46 (102) 46 (102) 46 (102) 74 (163) 74 (163) 74 (163) 74 (163) 74 (163) 191 (420) 191 (420) 191 (420) 191 (420) 191 (420) 191 (420) 220 (486) 220 (486) 220 (486) 220 (486) 220 (486) 220 (486) 320 (706) 320 (706) 320 (706) NEMA 12 dust-tight industrial-use enclosure 0 1 2 1.5 2 1.5 – – – – FAL 15 – – – – 5 3.7 5 3.7 FAL 15 3 2.2 3 2.2 – – – – FAL 20 5 3.7 – – – – – – FAL 35 7.5 5.5 – – – – – – FAL 50 – – 5 3.7 – – – – FAL 30 – – 7.5 5.5 – – – – FAL 45 – – – – 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 FAL 20 – – – – 10 7.5 – – FAL 25 – – – – – – 7.5 5.5 FAL 15 (1) (2) (3) (4) See page 2/8. General, characteristics: pages 2/4 and 2/5 2/10 Dimensions: pages 2/22 and 2/23 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) References (continued) 0 Combination Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style starters with Thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker, Class 8539 3-pole thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker starters, non-reversing NEMA 12 dust-tight industrial-use enclosure (continued) 531042 NEMA Size 2 8539 SDA 11 ppp 3 4 5 6 7 Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz Circuitbreaker Motor volts (1) 200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V) Type hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW 10 7.5 10 7.5 – – – – FAL Rating A 60 – – 15 11 – – – – FAL 80 – – – – 7.5 5.5 – – FAL 20 – – – – 20 15 25 18.5 FAL 60 – – – – 25 18.5 – – FAL 70 – – – – – – 15 11 FAL 35 – – – – – – 20 15 FAL 45 15 11 20 15 40 30 50 37 FAL 90 20 15 25 18.5 50 37 – – FAL 100 25 18.5 30 22 – – – – KAL 110 – – – – 30 22 40 30 FAL 80 – – – – – – 30 22 FAL 60 30 22 – – 75 55 – – KAL 125 40 30 50 37 100 75 – – KAL 200 – – 40 30 – – 100 75 KAL 150 – – – – 60 45 75 55 KAL 110 – – – – – – 60 45 FAL 100 50 37 – – – – 150 110 LAL 200 60 45 75 55 150 110 200 150 LAL 250 75 55 – – – – – – LAL 300 – – 60 45 125 90 – – LAL 225 – – 100 75 200 150 – – LAL 350 – – – – – – 125 90 KAL 200 100 75 125 90 250 185 300 220 MAL 450 125 90 150 110 300 220 400 300 MAL 600 150 110 – – 350 250 – – MAL 600 – – 200 150 400 300 – – MAL 800 – – – – – – 250 185 MAL 250 – – – – – – 350 250 MAL 500 – – 250 185 500 370 600 450 MAL 900 – – 300 220 600 450 – – MAL 1000 – – – – – – 500 370 MAL 800 External Basic reference Weight reset Add code indicating control circuit voltage (2), optional variants (3) and “H” code (4) With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without 8539 SDA 11 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDA 1 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDA 17 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDA 7 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDA 13 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDA 3 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDA 14 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDA 4 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDA 15 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDA 5 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDA 18 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDA 8 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDA 19 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SDA 9 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SEA 13 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SEA 3 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SEA 11 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SEA 1 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SEA 15 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SEA 5 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SEA 16 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SEA 6 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SEA 14 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SEA 4 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SFA 13 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SFA 3 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SFA 14 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SFA 4 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SFA 11 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SFA 1 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SFA 15 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SFA 5 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SFA 16 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SFA 6 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 16 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 6 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 11 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 1 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 14 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 4 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 13 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 3 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 12 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 2 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 17 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SGA 7 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 14 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 4 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 13 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 3 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 15 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 5 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 17 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 7 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 16 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 6 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 12 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SHA 2 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SJA 12 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SJA 2 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SJA 13 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SJA 3 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SJA 11 (2) (3) (4) 8539 SJA 1 (2) (3) (4) kg (lb) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 50 (111) 50 (111) 50 (111) 50 (111) 50 (111) 50 (111) 50 (111) 50 (111) 50 (111) 50 (111) 77 (170) 77 (170) 77 (170) 77 (170) 77 (170) 77 (170) 77 (170) 77 (170) 77 (170) 77 (170) 200 (440) 200 (440) 200 (440) 200 (440) 200 (440) 200 (440) 200 (440) 200 (440) 200 (440) 200 (440) 200 (440) 200 (440) 220 (486) 220 (486) 220 (486) 220 (486) 220 (486) 220 (486) 220 (486) 220 (486) 220 (486) 220 (486) 220 (486) 220 (486) 320 (706) 320 (706) 320 (706) 320 (706) 320 (706) 320 (706) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) See page 2/8. General, characteristics: pages 2/4 and 2/5 Dimensions: pages 2/22 and 2/23 2/11 2 References 0 Combination Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style starters with Non-fusible disconnect-switch, Class 8538 3-pole non-fusible full-voltage starters, non-reversing 531268 NEMA Size Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz External reset Motor volts (1) 200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V) hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW Basic reference Weight Add code indicating control circuit voltage (2), optional variants (3) and “H” code (4) kg (lb) NEMA 1 general purpose enclosure 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 8538 SBG 11 ppp 3 7.5 10 25 40 75 150 2.2 5.5 7.5 18.5 30 55 110 3 7.5 15 30 50 100 200 2.2 5.5 11 22 37 75 150 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 3.75 7.5 18.5 37 75 150 300 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 3.75 7.5 18.5 37 75 150 300 – – – – – – – 8538 SBG 11 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38) 8538 SCG 11 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38) 8538 SDG 11 (2) (3) (4) 25 (54) 8538 SEG 11 (2) (3) (4) 46 (102) 8538 SFG 11 (2) (3) (4) 74 (163) 8538 SGG 11 (2) (3) (4) 204 (450) 8538 SHG 11 (2) (3) (4) – With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without With Without 8538 SBA 21 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SBA 11 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SCA 21 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SCA 11 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SDA 21 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SDA 11 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SEA 21 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SEA 11 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SFA 21 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SFA 11 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SGA 21 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SGA 11 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SHA 21 (2) (3) (4) 8538 SHA 11 (2) (3) (4) NEMA 12 dust-tight industrial-use enclosure 0 3 2.2 3 2.2 5 3.75 5 3.75 1 7.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 10 7.5 2 10 7.5 15 11 25 18.5 25 18.5 3 25 18.5 30 22 50 37 50 37 4 40 30 50 37 100 75 100 75 5 75 55 100 75 200 150 200 150 6 150 110 200 150 400 300 400 300 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 18 (40) 25 (55) 25 (55) 50 (111) 50 (111) 77 (170) 77 (170) 200 (441) 200 (441) 200 (441) 200 (441) (1) Motor voltage (starter voltage). (2) Standard control circuit voltage: Volts 24 110 120 208 220 240 380 440 480 550 600 50 Hz – V02 – – V03 – V05 V06 – V07 – 60 Hz V01 (5) (6) – V02 (5) V08 – V03 – – V06 – V07 24 V and 120 V coils require the addition of form “S” for separate control. Example: 8538 SCA 21 V03 H10S. (3) For optional variants, see page 2/21. (4) To complete “H” code for Motor Logic solid-state overload relays, see pages 2/13 to 2/19. Motor Logic Plus units are not available on combination starters. (5) 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–6. On Sizes 0–3, where 24 V coils are available, suffix “S” (separate control) must be specified. (6) These voltage codes must include suffix “S” (supplied at no charge). When specifying suffix “S”, please supply motor voltage when ordering. General, characteristics: pages 2/4 and 2/5 2/12 Dimensions: pages 2/22 and 2/23 References 0 Combination Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style starters with Fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538 with Class H fuse clips Variants for fusible disconnect-switch starters only (Class H fuse clips) Motor Logic solid-state overload relays (1) 531123 Type H10 For use on Fusible disconnectswitch starters Class 8538 with Class H fuse clips Motor 8538 SpG 1p, Logic 8538 SpA 1p, solid8538 SpA 2p, state (except 8538 SDG 16, overload 8538 SDA 16/SDA 26) relays 8538 SBG 12/13, 8538 SBA 12/22/13/23, 8538 SCG 12/14, 8538 SCA 12/22/14/24, 8538 SDG 16, 8538 SDA 16/26 Description Overload relay range Suffix to the starter reference (2) Base unit, trip class 10 Base unit, trip class 20 Feature unit (3) (3) (3) H10 H20 H30 – – – Base unit, trip class 10 Base unit, trip class 20 Feature unit With 3…9 A overload relay With 3…9 A overload relay With 1.5…4.5 A overload relay With 3…9 A overload relay H109 H209 H308 H309 – – – – 8538 SCG 12/14 8538 SCA 12/22/14/24, 8538 SDG 16 8538 SDA 16/26 Base unit, trip class 10 Base unit, trip class 20 Feature unit With 6…18 A overload relay With 6…18 A overload relay With 6…18 A overload relay H100 H200 H300 – – – 8538 SDG 16, 8538 SDA 16/26 Base unit, trip class 10 Base unit, trip class 20 Feature unit With 9…27 A overload relay With 9…27 A overload relay With 9…27 A overload relay H101 H201 H301 – – – (1) For Motor Logic solid-state overload relays, see pages 3/2 to 3/7. (2) Example: 8538 SBG 12 V02 H10 S. (3) Standard current ranges, depending on contactor size: Size 00 0 1 2 3 Current ranges A 3…9 6…18 9…27 15…45 30…90 (4) Only available with feature unit. (5) Only available with feature unit with auxiliary contact. General, characteristics: pages 2/4 and 2/5 Weight kg (lb) 4 5 6 7 45…135 90…270 180…540 (4) 270…810 (5) Dimensions: pages 2/22 and 2/23 2/13 2 Associations 0 Combination Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style starters with Fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538 (Class R fuse clips) with solid-state overload relay Associations Ratings Motor voltage 200 V 2 230 V 460 V 575 V For use on NEMA Size 8538 0 SBG 32, SBA 42/32 1 SCG 32, SCA 42/32 SCG 33, SCA 43/33 2 SDG 32, SDA 42/32 3 SEG 35, SEA 45/35 SEG 32, SEA 42/32 4 SFG 35, SFA 45/35 5 SGG 35, SGA 45/35 6 SHG 33, SHA 43/33 0 SBG 32, SBA 42/32 1 SCG 32, SCA 42/32 SCG 33, SCA 43/33 2 SDG 32, SDA 42/32 3 SEG 35, SEA 45/35 SEG 32, SEA 42/32 4 SFG 35, SFA 45/35 5 SGG 35, SGA 45/35 6 SHG 33, SHA 43/33 0 SBG 33, SBA 43/33 1 SCG 34, SCA 44/34 2 SDG 36, SDA 46/36 3 SDG 34, SDA 44/34 SEG 33, SEA 43/33 4 SFG 33, SFA 43/33 5 SGG 33, SGA 43/33 6 SHG 32, SHA 42/32 0 SBG 33, SBA 43/33 1 SCG 34, SCA 44/34 2 SDG 36, SDA 46/36 3 SDG 34, SDA 44/34 SEG 33, SEA 43/33 4 SFG 33, SFA 43/33 5 SGG 33, SGA 43/33 6 SHG 32, SHA 42/32 Motor Logic solid-state overload relays Class 10 Class 20 – 3–9 A 6–18 A 9–27 A – 3–9 A H10 H109 H20 H209 H10 H109 H100 H20 H209 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H109 H20 H209 H10 H109 H100 H20 H209 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H109 H20 H209 H10 H109 H100 H20 H209 H109 H100 H101 H209 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H109 H20 H209 H10 H109 H100 H20 H209 H109 H100 H101 H209 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 Available codes Not available General, characteristics: pages 2/4 and 2/5 2/14 Dimensions: pages 2/22 and 2/23 Class 10/20 (selectable) 6–18 A 9–27 A – 1.5–4.5 A 3–9 A H30 H308 H309 H200 H30 H308 H309 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H308 H309 H200 H30 H308 H309 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H308 H309 H200 H30 H308 H309 H200 H201 H308 H309 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H308 H309 H200 H30 H308 H309 H200 H201 H308 H309 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 6–18 A 9–27 A H300 H300 H300 H300 H301 H300 H300 H301 Associations 0 Combination Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style starters with Non-fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538 with solid-state overload relays Associations Ratings Motor voltage 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V For use on NEMA Size 8538 0 SBG 11, SBA 21/11 1 SCG 11, SCA 21/11 2 SDG 11, SDA 21/11 3 SEG 11, SEA 21/11 4 SFG 11, SFA 21/11 5 SGG 11, SGA 21/11 6 SHG 11, SHA 21/11 0 SBG 11, SBA 21/11 1 SCG 11, SCA 21/11 2 SDG 11, SDA 21/11 3 SEG 11, SEA 21/11 4 SFG 11, SFA 21/11 5 SGG 11, SGA 21/11 6 SHG 11, SHA 21/11 0 SBG 11, SBA 21/11 1 SCG 11, SCA 21/11 2 SDG 11, SDA 21/11 3 SEG 11, SEA 21/11 4 SFG 11, SFA 21/11 5 SGG 11, SGA 21/11 6 SHG 11, SHA 21/11 0 SBG 11, SBA 21/11 1 SCG 11, SCA 21/11 2 SDG 11, SDA 21/11 3 SEG 11, SEA 21/11 4 SFG 11, SFA 21/11 5 SGG 11, SGA 21/11 6 SHG 11, SHA 21/11 Motor Logic solid-state overload relays Class 10 Class 20 – 3–9 A 6–18 A – H10 H109 H20 H10 H109 H100 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H109 H20 H10 H109 H100 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H109 H20 H10 H109 H100 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H109 H20 H10 H109 H100 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 3–9 A H209 H209 6–18 A H200 H209 H209 H200 H209 H209 H200 H209 H209 H200 Class 10/20 (selectable) – 1.5–4.5 A 3–9 A H30 H308 H309 H30 H308 H309 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H308 H309 H30 H308 H309 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H308 H309 H30 H308 H309 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H308 H309 H30 H308 H309 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 6–18 A H300 2 H300 H300 H300 Available codes Not available General, characteristics: pages 2/4 and 2/5 Dimensions: pages 2/22 and 2/23 2/15 Associations 0 Combination Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style starters with Mag-Gard® circuit breaker, Class 8539 with solid-state overload relays Associations Ratings Motor voltage 200 V 2 230 V For use on NEMA Size 8539 0 SBG 41, SBA 51/41 SBG 42, SBA 52/42 SBG 43, SBA 53/43 1 SCG 41, SCA 51/41 SCG 42, SCA 52/42 SCG 43, SCA 53/43 SCG 44, SCA 54/44 SCG 45, SCA 55/45 2 SDG 41, SDA 51/41 SDG 42, SDA 52/42 SDG 43, SDA 53/43 3 SEG 42, SEA 52/42 4 SFG 42, SFA 52/42 SFG 43, SFA 53/43 5 SGG 42, SGA 52/42 SGG 44, SGA 54/44 SGG 45, SGA 55/45 6 SHG 43, SHA 53/43 SHG 44, SHA 54/44 SHG 45, SHA 55/45 0 SBG 41, SBA 51/41 SBG 42, SBA 52/42 SBG 43, SBA 53/43 1 SCG 41, SCA 51/41 SCG 42, SCA 52/42 SCG 43, SCA 53/43 SCG 44, SCA 54/44 2 SDG 41, SDA 51/41 SDG 42, SDA 52/42 SDG 43, SDA 53/43 SDG 44, SDA 54/44 3 SEG 42, SEA 52/42 4 SFG 43, SFA 53/43 SFG 44, SFA 54/44 5 SGG 43, SGA 53/43 SGG 44, SGA 54/44 SGG 46, SGA 56/46 6 SHG 44, SHA 54/44 SHG 46, SHA 56/46 7 SJG 42, SJA 52 SJG 43, SJA 53 Motor Logic solid-state overload relays Class 10 Class 20 – 3–9 A 6–18 A 9–27 A – 3–9 A H109 H109 H209 H209 H109 H209 H100 H10 H10 H20 H20 H100 H101 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H109 H109 H209 H209 H109 H209 H100 H10 H20 H100 H101 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 Available codes Not available General, characteristics: pages 2/4 and 2/5 2/16 Dimensions: pages 2/22 and 2/23 Class 10/20 (selectable) 6–18 A 9–27 A – 1.5–4.5 A 3–9 A H308 H308 H309 H309 H308 H308 H309 H200 H30 H30 H200 H201 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H308 H308 H309 H309 H308 H308 H309 H200 H30 H200 H201 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 6–18 A 9–27 A H300 H300 H301 H300 H300 H301 Associations (continued) 0 Combination Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style starters with Mag-Gard® circuit breaker, Class 8539 with solid-state overload relays Associations (continued) Ratings Motor voltage 460 V 575 V For use on NEMA Size 8539 0 SBG 41, SBA 51/41 SBG 42, SBA 52/42 SBG 43, SBA 53/43 1 SCG 41, SCA 51/41 SCG 42, SCA 52/42 SCG 43, SCA 53/43 SCG 44, SCA 54/44 2 SDG 41, SDA 51/41 SDG 42, SDA 52/42 SDG 43, SDA 53/43 3 SEG 41, SEA 51/41 SEG 42, SEA 52/42 4 SFG 42, SFA 52/42 SFG 44, SFA 54/44 5 SGG 43, SGA 53/43 SGG 44, SGA 54/44 SGG 46, SGA 56/46 6 SHG 43, SHA 53/43 SHG 44, SHA 54/44 SHG 45, SHA 55/45 SHG 46, SHA 56/46 7 SJG 42, SJA 52 SJG 43, SJA 53 0 SBG 41, SBA 51/41 SBG 42, SBA 52/42 SBG 43, SBA 53/43 1 SCG 41, SCA 51/41 SCG 42, SCA 52/42 SCG 43, SCA 53/43 2 SDG 41, SDA 51/41 SDG 42, SDA 52/42 SDG 43, SDA 53/43 3 SEG 41, SEA 51/41 SEG 42, SEA 52/42 4 SFG 42, SFA 52/42 5 SGG 41, SGA 51/41 SGG 42, SGA 52/42 SGG 44, SGA 54/44 6 SHG 42, SHA 52/42 SHG 43, SHA 53/43 SHG 44, SHA 54/44 7 SJG 41, SJA 51 SJG 42, SJA 52 Motor Logic solid-state overload relays Class 10 Class 20 – 3–9 A 6–18 A 9–27 A – 3–9 A H109 H109 H209 H209 H109 H209 H100 H10 H20 H100 H101 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H109 H109 H209 H209 H109 H209 H100 H100 H101 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H10 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 H20 Class 10/20 (selectable) 6–18 A 9–27 A – 1.5–4.5 A 3–9 A H308 H308 H309 H309 H308 H308 H309 H200 H30 H200 H201 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H308 H308 H309 H309 H308 H308 H309 H200 H200 H201 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 6–18 A 9–27 A 2 H300 H300 H301 H300 H300 H301 Available codes Not available General, characteristics: pages 2/4 and 2/5 Dimensions: pages 2/22 and 2/23 2/17 Associations 0 Combination Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style starters with Thermal-magnetic circuit breaker and solid-state overload relay Associations Ratings Motor voltage 200 V 2 230 V For use on NEMA Size 8539 0 SBG 1, SBA 11/1 SBG 3, SBA 13/3 1 SCG 5, SCA 15/5 SCG 2, SCA 12/2 2 SDG 1, SDA 11/1 3 SEG 3, SEA 13/3 SEG 1, SEA 11/1 SEG 5, SEA 15/5 4 SFG 3, SFA 13/3 SFG 4, SFA 14/4 5 SGG 6, SGA 16/6 SGG 1, SGA 11/1 SGG 4, SGA 14/4 6 SHG 4, SHA 14/4 SHG 3, SHA 13/3 SHG 5, SHA 15/5 0 SBG 1, SBA 11/1 SBG 3, SBA 13/3 1 SCG 1, SCA 11/1 SCG 6, SCA 16/6 2 SDG 1, SDA 11/1 SDG 7, SDA 17/7 3 SEG 3, SEA 13/3 SEG 1, SEA 11/1 SEG 5, SEA 15/5 4 SFG 1, SFA 11/1 SFG 4, SFA 14/4 5 SGG 3, SGA 13/3 SGG 1, SGA 11/1 SGG 2, SGA 12/2 6 SHG 4, SHA 14/4 SHG 3, SHA 13/3 SHG 7, SHA 17/7 7 SJG 2, SJA 12 SJG 3, SJA 13 Motor Logic solid-state overload relays Class 10 Class 20 – 3–9 A 6–18 A – H109 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H109 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 Available codes Not available General, characteristics: pages 2/4 and 2/5 2/18 Dimensions: pages 2/22 and 2/23 3–9 A H209 H209 6–18 A Class 10/20 (selectable) – 1.5–4.5 A 3–9 A H308 H309 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H308 H309 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 6–18 A Associations (continued) 0 Combination Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style starters with Thermal magnetic circuit breaker with solid-state overload relays Associations (continued) Ratings Motor voltage 460 V 575 V For use on NEMA Size 8539 0 SBG 2, SBA 12/2 1 SCG 3, SCA 13/3 SCG 7, SCA 17/7 2 SDG 3, SDA 13/3 SDG 4, SDA 14/4 SDG 5, SDA 15/5 3 SEG 6, SEA 16/6 SEG 3, SEA 13/3 SEG 1, SEA 11/1 4 SFG 5, SFA 15/5 SFG 3, SFA 13/3 SFG 4, SFA 14/4 5 SGG 3, SGA 13/3 SGG 1, SGA 11/1 SGG 2, SGA 12/2 6 SHG 4, SHA 14/4 SHG 3, SHA 13/3 SHG 5, SHA 15/5 SHG 7, SHA 17/7 7 SJG 2, SJA 12 SJG 3, SJA 13 0 SBG 2, SBA 12/2 1 SCG 8, SCA 18/8 SCG 3, SCA 13/3 2 SDG 8, SDA 18/8 SDG 9, SDA 19/9 SDG 4, SDA 14/4 3 SEG 4, SEA 14/4 SEG 6, SEA 16/6 SEG 3, SEA 13/3 4 SFG 6, SFA 16/6 SFG 5, SFA 15/5 SFG 1, SFA 11/1 5 SGG 7, SGA 17/7 SGG 6, SGA 16/6 SGG 1, SGA 11/1 6 SHG 6, SHA 16/6 SHG 4, SHA 14/4 SHG 2, SHA 12/2 SHG 3, SHA 13/3 7 SJG 1, SJA 11 SJG 2, SJA 12 Motor Logic solid-state overload relays Class 10 Class 20 – 3–9 A 6–18 A – H109 H100 H100 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H109 H100 H100 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 H10 H20 3–9 A H209 6–18 A Class 10/20 (selectable) – 1.5–4.5 A 3–9 A H308 H309 H200 H200 6–18 A H300 H300 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H209 2 H308 H200 H200 H309 H300 H300 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H30 H20 H30 H30 Available codes Not available General, characteristics: pages 2/4 and 2/5 Dimensions: pages 2/22 and 2/23 2/19 Characteristics 0 Combination Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style Accessories Characteristics Class Type Electrical ratings Maximum current 50/60 Hz 2 Class Type Electrical ratings Maximum current 50/60 Hz 9999 Single-pole electrical interlocks Make Break a 120 V a 240 V a 480 V a 600 V a 120 V a 240 V a 480 V a 600 V General, characteristics: pages 2/4 and 2/5 2/20 Dimensions: pages 2/22 and 2/23 A A A A A VA A VA A VA A VA 40 15 20 10 10 8 8 6 9999 2-pole electrical interlocks Make Break 30 3450 15 3450 7.5 3450 6 3450 3 345 1.5 345 0.75 345 0.6 345 Continuous carrying current 15 15 15 15 Continuous carrying current 10 – 10 – 10 – 10 – References 0 Combination Starters 0 Type S, NEMA-style Accessories Variants Type For use on Interlocks Disconnect-switch starters 8538 Spp or circuit-breaker starters 8539 Spp Control Disconnect-switch transformers starters 8538 Spp or circuit-breaker starters 8539 Spp Description Single-pole Suffix to the starter reference (1) Y74 Weight kg (lb) 2-pole Y75 – Standard capacity 50 VA additional capacity 100 VA additional capacity 200 VA additional capacity F4T F4T10 F4T11 F4T12 – – – – Description Reference Single-pole 2-pole Single-pole 2-pole Single-pole 2-pole Single-pole 2-pole Single-pole 2-pole Single-pole 2-pole Single-pole 2-pole Single-pole 2-pole Single-pole 2-pole 9999 R6 9999 R7 9999 R43 9999 R44 9999 R45 9999 R46 9999 R8 9999 R9 9999 R41 9999 R42 9999 R39 9999 R40 9999 R35 9999 R36 9999 TC11 9999 TC21 9999 TC10 9999 TC20 – Interlocks Type Interlocks For use on Class Type (2) 8538 SB, SC, SD (Series B) (3) SD (Series C) SB, SC (Series C) SE, SF (Series A) SE (Series B and C) SF (Series B and C) SG SBA, SCA, SBG, SCG (Series D) Weight kg (lb) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – SBAS8, SCAS8, SBGS8, SCGS8 (Series D), SDA, SDA (3), SDG, SDG (3) (Series D), SEA, SEG (Series D) 8539 SB, SC, SD, SE, Single-pole 9999 R26 SF, SG (4) 2-pole 9999 R27 (1) Example: 8538 SBG 12 V01 Y74. (2) Series A, B, C and D are product versions. (3) Class 8538 type numbers ending in suffix "S8". (4) No interlocks available when used with the GJL circuit-breaker. General, characteristics: pages 2/4 and 2/5 – – Dimensions: pages 2/22 and 2/23 2/21 2 Combination Starters Dimensions 0 Type S, NEMA-style starters with Disconnect switch or Circuit breaker Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch) Combination starters 8538 SpG A B C D E F G H I 8538 SBG 175.3 469.9 175.3 165.1 0 88.9 86.4 175.3 101.6 8538 SCG 175.3 469.9 175.3 165.1 0 88.9 86.4 175.3 101.6 8538 SDG 200.7 558.8 190.5 177.8 78.7 121.9 0 195.6 152.4 8538 SEG 304.8 749.3 228.6 195.6 0 142.2 162.6 327.7 134.6 8538 SFG 330.2 990.6 279.4 292.1 0 177.8 152.4 330.2 228.6 8538 SGG (1) 439.4 1498.6 342.9 635.0 0 274.3 165.1 520.7 – 8538 SHG 812.8 2082.8 812.8 1016.0 0 330.2 482.6 889.0 – (1) Combination starter does not contain a full-size panel. No usable panel space is available. A C Disconnect Switch D Fuse Base I 2 B Starter E H F G Available space for field requirements Combination starters 8539 SpG A B C D E F G H 8539 SBG 175.3 469.9 165.1 200.7 0 88.9 86.4 175.3 8539 SCG 175.3 469.9 165.1 200.7 0 88.9 86.4 175.3 8539 SDG 200.7 558.8 165.1 162.6 78.7 121.9 0 195.6 8539 SEG + FAL (1) 304.8 749.3 165.1 215.9 0 142.2 162.6 327.7 8539 SEG + KAL (1) 304.8 749.3 172.7 266.7 0 142.2 162.6 327.7 8539 SFG 330.2 990.6 172.7 317.5 0 177.8 152.4 330.2 8539 SGG + KAL (1) (2) 439.4 1498.6 172.7 584.2 0 274.3 165.1 520.7 8539 SGG + LAL (1) (2) 439.4 1498.6 228.6 622.3 0 274.3 165.1 520.7 8539 SHG + LAL (1) 812.8 2082.8 228.6 647.7 0 330.2 482.6 889.0 8539 SHG + MAL (1) 812.8 2082.8 317.5 1028.7 0 330.2 482.6 889.0 (1) Circuit-breaker. (2) Combination starter does not contain a full-size panel. No usable panel space is available. A C Breaker D B Starter E F H G Available space for field requirements General, characteristics: pages 2/4 and 2/5 2/22 References: pages 2/6 to 2/21 0 Combination Starters Dimensions (continued) 0 0 Type S, NEMA-style starters with Disconnect switch or Circuit breaker Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch) Combination starters 8538/8539 SBG to SDG (NEMA 1 enclosure) A L M D C N K Y O 8538/8539 SBG 8538/8539 SCG 8538/8539 SDG 8538/8539 SBG 8538/8539 SCG 8538/8539 SDG E B Y A 241.3 241.3 266.7 K 26.9 26.9 26.9 B 571.5 571.5 660.4 L 82.6 82.6 82.6 C 211.8 211.8 243.6 M 55.4 55.4 55.4 D 161.9 161.9 187.3 N 31.8 31.8 31.8 E 520.7 520.7 609.6 O 22.2 22.2 22.2 F G 372.1 46.0 372.1 46.0 429.3 54.0 W 12.7–19.1 12.7–19.1 25.4–31.8 A 387.4 387.4 406.4 508.0 508.0 914.4 863.6 L 127.0 127.0 127.0 235.0 127.0 127.0 127.0 B 1066.8 1066.8 1333.5 1981.2 1676.4 2286.0 533.4 M 68.1 68.1 68.1 80.8 80.8 – – C 269.0 269.0 267.5 393.7 348.2 534.2 2286.0 N 136.5 136.5 136.5 – – – – D 235.0 235.0 254.0 304.8 304.8 – – O 32.5 32.5 32.5 – – – – E F 76.2 576.8 76.2 576.8 76.2 600.7 101.6 746.8 101.6 746.8 – 1050.9 – 1257.3 W 25.4–31.8 50.8–63.5 63.5 12.7–19.1 12.7–19.2 – – H I 42.7 76.2 42.7 76.2 50.8 101.6 X 12.7–19.1 12.7–19.1 12.7–19.2 J 58.7 58.7 25.4 Y 12.7 12.7 12.7 (1) Cover Open 90° F X W W G J H I Combination starters 8538/8539 SEG to SJG (NEMA 1 enclosure) A D L E C H O P Y G B Y 8538 SEG 8539 SEG 8538/8539 SFG 8538 SGG 8539 SGG 8538/8539 SHG 8539 SJG (1) Cover Open 90° 8538 SEG 8539 SEG 8538/8539 SFG 8538 SGG 8539 SGG 8538/8539 SHG 8539 SJG F W X W J K M N G H 1041.4 12.7 1041.4 12.7 1308.1 12.7 1955.8 12.7 1651.0 12.7 – – – – X 12.7–19.2 12.7–19.3 12.7–19.4 76.2 76.2 – – J 71.6 71.6 71.6 89.2 89.2 – – Y 12.7 12.7 12.7 – – – – K 89.7 89.7 89.7 114.6 114.6 – – Combination starters 8538/8539 SpA (NEMA 12 enclosure) A F D E 8538/8539 SBA 8538/8539 SCA 8538/8539 SDA 8538/8539 SEA 8538 SFA 8539 SFA 8538 SGA 8539 SGA 8538/8539 SHA 8539 SJA B H G C (1) A 241.3 241.3 266.7 387.4 406.4 406.4 508.0 508.0 914.4 863.6 B 211.8 211.8 243.6 269.0 267.5 267.5 348.2 348.2 431.8 533.4 C D 609.6 82.6 609.6 82.6 704.9 82.6 1066.8 127.0 1333.5 127.0 1333.5 127.0 1981.2 235.0 1676.4 127.0 2286.0 127.0 2286.0 127.0 E 63.5 63.5 63.5 76.2 76.2 76.2 101.6 101.6 – – F 114.3 114.3 139.7 235.0 254.0 254.0 304.8 304.8 – – G H 596.9 15.0 596.9 15.0 685.8 9.5 1041.4 12.7 1308.1 12.7 1308.1 12.7 1955.8 12.7 1651.0 12.7 – – – – I 112.5 112.5 104.8 128.5 106.2 131.6 197.6 197.6 – – J 363.5 363.5 420.6 566.7 583.2 583.2 746.8 696.0 1203.3 1257.3 J I Combination starters 8538/8539 SpG pp S8 and 8538/8539 SpA pp S8 (NEMA 12 enclosure) A L A B C D E L 8538/8539 SpG pp S8 381.0 730.3 243.6 295.3 666.8 82.6 8538/8539 SpA pp S8 381.0 787.4 278.4 228.6 768.4 82.6 (2) 0.31 in. (8 mm) dia. mounting holes. C D E B (2) (1) 0.31 in. (8 mm) dia. mounting holes for Sizes 0, 1, and 2, 0.44 in. (11 mm) dia. mounting holes for Sizes 3 and 4 , 0.56 in. (14 mm) dia. mounting holes located on 14 external flanges for Size 5. General, characteristics: pages 2/4 and 2/5 References: pages 2/6 to 2/21 2/23 2 3 3/0 - Contents 3 - Solid-State Overload Relays b Motor Logic® base unit v General, description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/2 v Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/3 v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/6 v Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/8 b Motor Logic® feature unit v General, description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/2 v Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/3 v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/6 v Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/8 b Motor Logic® Plus programmable unit v General, description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/2 v Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/3 v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/7 v Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/9 b Motor Logic® Plus II programmable unit v General, description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/4 v Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/5 v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/7 v Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/9 3/1 3 Solid-State Overload Relays General, description 0 Motor Motor Motor Logic® Logic® Logic® base unit feature unit Plus programmable unit General Overload relays are intended to protect motors, controllers and branch-circuit conductors against excessive heating due to prolonged motor overcurrents up to and including locked rotor currents. Protection of the motor and the other branch-circuit components from higher currents, due to short-circuits or earth faults, is a function of the branch-circuit fuses, circuit-breakers or motor short-circuit protectors. Electric motors make up a large percentage of power system loads. Market demands for reduced downtime and increased productivity have compelled the motor control industry to continuously evaluate motor protection technology. Technology advancements now allow the motor control industry to offer several options for motor protection. This briefly reviews traditional motor protection technologies and discusses the new, electronic motor protection options. Important factors to consider in determining the appropriate overload protection include: b Application requirements. b Cost per feature of a given technology. b Willingness and ability of all parts of the user's organization to embrace and implement the new technology. Motor failure may be the result of electrical or mechanical factors. A study commissioned by the Electrical Research Associates (ERA) of the United Kingdom indicated that the most common causes of motor failure are: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3 Overcurrent Contamination Single phasing Bearing failure Aging (natural wear) Rotor fault Miscellaneous 30 % 18 % 15 % 12 % 10 % 5% 7% Failure modes 1, 3 and 7 are attributable to electrical issues. Modes 2, 4, 5 and 6 are the result of mechanical (and some manufacturing) issues. Historically, motor protection provided with the controller was only able to address the electrical causes of motor failure. These electrical issues account for at least 45% of the most common causes of motor failure. Motor branch circuits are protected against short circuits (instantaneous overload currents) and steady-state or low-level sustained overloads. In the U.S., this protection is provided by the short-circuit protective device (SCPD) and the motor overload relay, when they are applied according to the National Electrical Code (NEC). Motor Logic solid-state overload relay base unit As the market leader in motor control products, Square D offers the Motor Logic solid-state overload relay base unit. It provides the most complete electronic overload protection available to date for the price. Motor Logic solid-state overload relay feature unit The Motor Logic solid-state overload relay feature unit offers the same features as the base unit, along with the following: b Class II earth fault detection to protect motors from hard-to-find earth fault conditions. b Switch-selectable trip class (Class 10 or Class 20) for application flexibility in a single unit. Motor Logic Plus programmable solid-state overload relay The Motor Logic Plus programmable solid-state overload relay is a fully programmable overload relay designed to monitor three-phase a.c. motor systems. It has 16 programming parameters of which eight can be viewed from the 3-digit alphanumeric LED display screen on the face of the overload relay. Additionally, these parameters can be viewed through the use of a personal computer for remote access to motor performance and adjustments. Description Motor Logic solid-state overload relays 9065 Sp include: 1 Adjustment dial 2 Tamper-proof cover 3 Reset button 1 2 3 Motor Logic Plus programmable solid-state overload relays 9065 SP include: 1 Mode select switch (1) 2 3-digit alphanumeric LED display screen 1 3 Display/Program switch 2 4 Communication port (on side) 5 Reset/Program button 3 4 5 (1) Low voltage set point, High voltage set point, Voltage unbalance set point, Overcurrent trip point, Undercurrent trip point, Current unbalance trip point, Trip class (5, 10, 15, 20, 30), Rapid cycle timer (RD1), Overload restart delay (RD2), Underload restart delay (RD3), Number of restarts after an overload, Unbalance, Single phasing (manual or automatic), RS-485 address, Number of restarts after an underload fault, Underload trip delay and Earth fault trip point, Individual line voltages, Current levels, as well as Average voltage and Average current. Characteristics: page 3/3 3/2 References: pages 3/6 and 3/7 Dimensions: page 3/8 0 Characteristics 0 Solid-State Overload Relays Motor Motor Motor Logic® Logic® Logic® 0 base unit feature unit Plus programmable unit Environment Conforming to standards Product certifications Ambient air temperature around the device °C °C Storage Operation UL 508, NEMA ICS-2, IEC 60947-4-1 UL Listed, CSA certified, e marked - 40...+ 80 - 25…+ 70 Electrical characteristics Motor Logic solid-state overload relays Class Type Current ranges Withstand rating (stand alone) Rated insulation voltage Control voltage Frequency limits Trip contact ratings Repeat trip time accuracy Power wire connection A A aV Hz 9065 SpB SpC Sp 0 Sp 1 1.5…4.5 3…9 6…18 9…27 5000 RMS symmetrical, 600 V 600 Self-powered 48…62 A600/P300 ±2% Through hole device Control wire Lug kit power wire # 16–12 AWG (two per terminal) # 14–8 AWG DIN adapter 35 mm DIN rail, 7.5 mm track depth Sp 2 Sp 3 Sp 4 Sp 5 ST 620 ST 720 15…45 30…90 45…135 90…270 180…540 270…810 10 000 RMS symmetrical, 600 V # 14–4 # 14–1/0 # 8–250 AWG AWG MCM # 4–500 MCM 250–500 MCM (1 or 2 per phase) 250–500 MCM (1 to 4 per phase) # 14–4 # 14–1/0 # 8–250 AWG AWG MCM N/A N/A N/A Motor Logic Plus programmable solid-state overload relays Class Type Current ranges Withstand rating (stand alone) Rated insulation voltage Control voltage Frequency limits Trip contact ratings Repeat trip time accuracy A A aV aV Hz 3-phase, 50/60 Hz Voltage Current Screen Programming parameters Power wire connection Control wire Lug kit power wire 9065 SPBp SPCp SP 1p SP 2p 0.5…2.3 2…9 6…27 10…45 100 000 (RMS symmetrical, 600 V) UL 100 000 (RMS symmetrical, 600 V) CSA 600 200 to 480, 500 to 600 48...66 B300 ± 0.5 % of nominal voltage ± 1 % (50 % min to 120 % max overcurrent) 3-digit alphanumeric LED display screen 16 Through-hole device # 12–22 AWG (two per terminal) # 1/0–14 AWG SP 3p 20…90 SP 4p 60…135 SP 5p 120…270 SP 6p 240…540 Tripping curves Average operating time related to multiples of the current setting Time (s) Time (s) Motor Logic devices 10000.0 Motor Logic Plus devices 10000 2 1 1000.0 1000 100.0 100 10.0 2 1 10 1.0 1.0 10.0 x current setting References: pages 3/6 and 3/7 0 100 200 1 Class 10 2 Class 20 1 Class 10 2 Class 20 General, description: page 3/2 1 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 % of OC setting Dimensions: page 3/8 3/3 3 Solid-State Overload Relays General, description 0 Motor Logic® 0 Plus II programmable unit 9999DN2 installed.tif General 9999MMS-2003-01.tif 9999 MLPD 9999 MMS cable.tif 3 MLPD reverse color.tif 9065 SP2 with 9999 DN2 9999CCKIT (battery not included) The Motor Logic Plus II programmable solid-state overload relay is separately powered from a 110/120 Vac, 50/60 Hz source. It has three internal current transformers for measuring phase currents from 0.5–90 A, and one internal zero-sequence current transformer for measuring earth ground faults up to 10 A. Current measurements from 90–540 A require the use of external CTs and result in a residual ground fault detection system. LED indicators on the front face of the overload relay display the product status and the states of the fault relay, the inputs, and the outputs. A reset button is located on the face for manual reset. Four digital inputs are available via field wiring terminals. All digital inputs are internally pulled down to the board reference. One power terminal (P) is used to source the inputs to +24 Vdc. Inputs 1 and 4 can be used as standard digital inputs, or they can be independently configured through programming as PTC (positive temperature coefficient) and Reset inputs, respectively. When Input 1 is configured as a PTC input, the return reference is to the G terminal. Three relay outputs are available via field wiring terminals: one Form C relay (single-pole, double-throw) for fault; and two Form A relays (single-pole, single-throw) for contactor control. A Form C relay has one normally open (N.O.) and one normally closed (N.C.) set of contacts that share a common terminal; when energized, both sets of contacts change state. The Form A relays are normally open and wired to share a common terminal; however, their operation is independent. Two-wire Modbus® communication is internal to the overload relay and allows for direct connection to a Motor Logic Plus display (9999 MLPD)(1) or motor management system (9999 MMS) via the terminal blocks located on the front face. The DeviceNet communication module (9999 DN2) connects to the Sub-D connector on the right side of the product. The Motor Logic Plus II programmable overload relay provides the following protection features for 3-phase (default) and single-phase motors: b Thermal Overload b Undercurrent Programmable trip delay from 2 to 60 seconds b Jam b Current Unbalance (3-phase only) Programmable from 2 to 25% b Phase Loss (3-phase only) b Ground Fault (enabled/disabled) Zero sequence transformer core Programmable from 1 to 10 A Ground fault inhibit programmable from 1 to 255 seconds b Reverse Phase (3-phase only) b Single Phase (3-phase only) b PTC Thermistor Other features include: b Programmable overload trip class: 5, 10, 15, 20, or 30 Manual and automatic reset option Warning of impending faults Motor thermal capacity b Restart delay timers Rapid cycle: programmable from 0 to 500 seconds Motor cool down: programmable from 2 to 500 minutes Dry well recovery: programmable from 2 to 500 minutes Description Motor Logic Plus II programmable solid-state overload relay 9065 SP2 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Status, Trip/Warn, and output LEDs 3 fault relay outputs 3 outputs 4 input LEDs Sub-D connector for DeviceNet module (on side) 3 network terminals 4 digital inputs Reset/Test Trip button 6 7 8 (1) The Motor Logic Plus display is powered using the cable configuration kit (9999CCKIT) and a 9 V battery (not included). Characteristics: page 3/5 3/4 References: page 3/7 Dimensions: page 3/9 Characteristics 0 Solid-State Overload Relays Motor Logic® 0 Plus II programmable unit Trip Class (TC) The trip class for overload protection, described in the following table, defines the trip delay upon detection of a thermal overload. (Refer to the tripping curves.) The motor and application determine the trip class. Consult the motor manufacturer for the proper setting. Note: Class 20 is the default setting for all Motor Logic Plus units. Trip Class Application Description 5 10 (Fast Trip) 15 20 (Standard Trip) 30 (Slow Trip) J Prefix Small, fractional-horsepower motors where acceleration time is almost instantaneous or where extremely quick trip times are required Hermetic refrigerant motors, compressors, submersible pumps, and general-purpose motors that reach rated speed in less than 4 seconds Certain specialized applications Most NEMA general-purpose motors are protected by this setting Motors with long acceleration times (>10 seconds) or high-inertia loads Programming any trip class with the J prefix enables jam protection. This additional protection is enabled 1 minute after the motor starts and provides a 2 second trip time for motors exceeding 400% of the overcurrent setting, regardless of trip class. 3 Tripping curves Average operating time related to multiples of the current setting Time (s) Motor Logic Plus II devices 10000 1000 100 2 1 10 1 0 100 200 1 Class 10 2 Class 20 General, description: page 3/4 References: page 3/7 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 % of OC setting Dimensions: page 3/9 3/5 References 0 Solid-State Overload Relays Motor Motor Logic® Logic® 0 base unit feature unit Motor Logic solid-state overload relays base unit 531203 NEMA Size 3-phase Full-load current range A Open type Reference Weight kg (lb) Motor Logic base unit for separate mounting 9065 SSC 10 3 00C (1) 3…9 0 (1) 6…18 1 (1) 9…27 2 15…45 3 30…90 4 45…135 Trip Class 10 Trip Class 20 Trip Class 10 Trip Class 20 Trip Class 10 Trip Class 20 Trip Class 10 Trip Class 20 Trip Class 10 Trip Class 20 Trip Class 10 Trip Class 20 9065 SSC 10 9065 SSC 20 9065 SS 010 9065 SS 020 9065 SS 110 9065 SS 120 9065 SS 210 9065 SS 220 9065 SS 310 9065 SS 320 9065 SS 410 9065 SS 420 0.5 (1) 0.5 (1) 0.5 (1.2) 0.5 (1.2) 0.5 (1.2) 0.5 (1.2) 0.7 (1.5) 0.7 (1.5) 1.3 (2.9) 1.3 (2.9) 1.6 (3.6) 1.6 (3.6) 9065 SSC 10 9065 SSC 20 9065 SS 010 9065 SS 020 9065 SS 110 9065 SS 120 9065 SR 210 9065 SR 220 9065 SR 310 9065 SR 320 9065 SR 410 9065 SR 420 0.5 (1) 0.5 (1) 0.5 (1.2) 0.5 (1.2) 0.5 (1.2) 0.5 (1.2) 0.7 (1.5) 0.7 (1.5) 1.3 (2.9) 1.3 (2.9) 1.6 (3.6) 1.6 (3.6) Reference Weight Motor Logic base unit for retrofitting existing Type S starters (2) 00C (1) 3…9 0 (1) 6…18 1 (1) 9…27 2 15…45 3 30…90 4 45…135 Trip Class 10 Trip Class 20 Trip Class 10 Trip Class 20 Trip Class 10 Trip Class 20 Trip Class 10 Trip Class 20 Trip Class 10 Trip Class 20 Trip Class 10 Trip Class 20 Motor Logic solid-state overload relays feature unit NEMA Size 1/3-pole Full-load current range A Open type kg (lb) Motor Logic feature unit for separate mounting 00B (1) 00C (1) 0 (1) 1 (1) 2 3 4 1.5…4.5 3…9 6…18 9…27 15…45 30…90 45…135 Trip Class 10/20 Trip Class 10/20 Trip Class 10/20 Trip Class 10/20 Trip Class 10/20 Trip Class 10/20 Trip Class 10/20 9065 SFB 20 9065 SFC 20 9065 SF 020 9065 SF 120 9065 SF 220 9065 SF 320 9065 SF 420 0.5 (1) 0.5 (1) 0.5 (1.2) 0.5 (1.2) 0.7 (1.5) 1.3 (2.9) 1.6 (3.6) 9065 SFB 20 9065 SFC 20 9065 SF 020 9065 SF 120 9065 ST 220 9065 ST 320 9065 ST 420 9065 ST 520 9065 ST 620 9065 ST 720 0.5 (1) 0.5 (1) 0.5 (1.2) 0.5 (1.2) 0.7 (1.5) 1.3 (2.9) 1.6 (3.6) 0.5 (1.2) 0.5 (1.2) 0.5 (1.2) Weight kg (lb) – – Motor Logic feature unit for retrofitting existing Type S starters (2) 00B (1) 00C (1) 0 (1) 1 (1) 2 3 4 5 (3) 6 (3) 7 (3) 1.5…4.5 3…9 6…18 9…27 15…45 30…90 45…135 90…270 180…540 270…810 Trip Class 10/20 Trip Class 10/20 Trip Class 10/20 Trip Class 10/20 Trip Class 10/20 Trip Class 10/20 Trip Class 10/20 Trip Class 10/20 Trip Class 10/20 Trip Class 10/20 Kits Type Kit description For use on Reference Lug-lug kit Lug-extender kit For separate mounting For retrofitting existing Type S starters 9065 Sp (Sizes 00C/0/1 only) 9065 Sp (Sizes 00C/0/1 only) 9999 LLO 9999 LBO (1) Size supplied without lugs. (2) For Type S starter references, see pages 1/6 to 1/13. (3) Replacement for Type S starters with an existing Motor Logic solid-state overload relay. Does not include primary current transformer or additional components. General, description: page 3/2 3/6 Characteristics: page 3/3 Dimensions: page 3/6 References 0 Solid-State Overload Relays Motor Motor Logic® Logic® 0 Plus programmable unit Plus II programmable unit Motor Logic Plus programmable solid-state overload relays NEMA Size 3-phase 531202 00 0 1 2 9065 SPB 4 3 4 (1) 5 (2) 6 (3) Product Voltage current range A V 0.5…2.3 200…480 600 2…9 200…480 600 6…27 200…480 600 10…45 200…480 600 20…90 200…480 600 60…135 200…480 600 120…270 200…480 600 240…540 200…480 600 Reference 9065 SPB 4 9065 SPB 6 9065 SPC 4 9065 SPC 6 9065 SP 14 9065 SP 16 9065 SP 24 9065 SP 26 9065 SP 34 9065 SP 36 9065 SP 44 9065 SP 46 9065 SP 54 9065 SP 56 9065 SP 64 9065 SP 66 Weight kg (lb) 1 (3) 1 (3) 1 (3) 1 (3) 1 (3) 1 (3) 1 (3) 1 (3) 1 (3) 1 (3) 1 (3) 1 (3) 1 (3) 1 (3) 1 (3) 1 (3) Variants of Type S starters Description Current range Factory modification A Motor Logic 0.5…2.3 No modification for 200…480 V Plus No modification for 600 V programmable 2…9 No modification for 200…480 V solid-state No modification for 600 V overload relays (add to the 6…27 No modification for 200…480 V starter No modification for 600 V reference) 10…45 No modification for 200…480 V (4) No modification for 600 V 20…90 No modification for 200…480 V No modification for 600 V 60…135 No modification for 200…480 V No modification for 600 V 120…270 No modification for 200…480 V No modification for 600 V 240…540 No modification for 200…480 V No modification for 600 V Reference Suffix B20 B24 B30 B34 B40 B44 B50 B54 B60 B64 B70 B74 B80 B84 B90 B94 Weight kg (lb) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Voltage Reference Weight V 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 9065 SP2 B6 9065 SP2 C6 9065 SP2 16 9065 SP2 26 9065 SP2 36 9065 SP2 46 9065 SP2 56 9065 SP2 66 Motor Logic Plus II programmable solid-state overload relays NEMA Size 3-phase SSOLR MLPII.tif 00 0 1 2 3 4 (1) 5 (2) 6 (3) Product current range A 0.5…2.3 2…9 6…27 10…45 20…90 60…135 120…270 240…540 kg (lb) 1 (3) 1 (3) 1 (3) 1 (3) 1 (3) 1 (3) 1 (3) 1 (3) Variants of Type S starters 9065 SP2 General, description: pages 3/2 and 3/4 Description Current range Factory modification A Motor Logic 0.5…2.3 No modification for 600 V Plus 2…9 No modification for 600 V programmable 6…27 No modification for 600 V solid-state No modification for 600 V overload relays 10…45 (add to the 20…90 No modification for 600 V starter 60…135 No modification for 600 V reference) 120…270 No modification for 600 V (4) 240…540 No modification for 600 V (1) Size 4 requires the use of external current transformer. Ratio of 150: 5 recommended. (2) Size 5 requires the use of external current transformer. Ratio of 300: 5 recommended. (3) Size 6 requires the use of external current transformer. Ratio of 600: 5 recommended. (4) For Type S Open style starter references, see pages 1/6 to 1/13. Characteristics: pages 3/3 and 3/5 Reference Suffix H50 H51 H52 H53 H54 H55 H56 H57 Weight kg (lb) – – – – – – – – Dimensions: page 3/9 3/7 3 Solid-State Overload Relays Dimensions 0 Motor Motor Logic® Logic® base unit feature unit inch Dimensions are ----------mm Motor Logic solid-state overload relays 9065 Spp10 / Spp20 9065 SS 2p0 / SR 2p0 / SF 220 / ST 220 4.28 109 3.91 2.81 99 (1) 71 .31 8 2.23 2.69 57 68 43 3.51 2.19 1.70 1.84 89 56 47 3.24 RESET 82 RESET 1.24 1.00 .27 25 7 1.59 40 31 .24 Reset 6 Travel 3.90 .28 7 31 99 .36 .24 Reset 6 Travel 1.24 0.00 00 9 .89 23 3.26 83 3 (1) 2 holes. 2 slots for 8-32 mounting screws. 9065 SS 3p0 / SR 3p0 / SF 320 / ST 320 9065 SS 4p0 / SR 4p0 / SF 420 / ST 420 5.32 5.32 135 135 4.74 4.74 120 120 3.25 83 .29 1.50 7 38 3.25 83 .30 8 .29 7 4.45 .30 1.50 8 38 4.53 115 113 1.08 27 1.08 27 2.96 3.56 75 90 2.26 106 8 57 RESET 4.16 .31 2.96 3.56 75 2.26 90 .31 5.02 106 RESET 128 5.92 150 .24 10 .24 6 .38 1.57 1.57 40 40 Reset Travel 5.33 135 6 3.80 .32 97 8 Reset Travel .38 1.57 10 40 1.57 40 3.80 5.33 97 135 9065 ST 520 7.38 187 8.25 210 C C C O O O M M M 1 2 3 270 8 6 8 6 220 200 80 160 120 MeterLogic® 5.88 149 RESET 2.25 57 7.75 197 General, description: page 3/2 3/8 4.16 8 57 Characteristics: page 3/3 References: page 3/6 1.18 30 .32 8 0 Solid-State Overload Relays Dimensions (continued) 0 Motor Motor Logic® Logic® 0 Plus programmable unit Plus II programmable unit inch Dimensions are ----------mm Motor Logic Plus programmable solid-state overload relays 9065 SPB / SPC / SP 1.20 (30,5) 2.20 (55,9) 4.70 (119) L1 95 C NC 0.70 (17,8) GE L3 –L CU A 1 B C AV G L2–L3 2 –L L1 2.28 3.05 (57,9) (77,5) ® LISTED IND. CONT. EQ. 786X RESET/ PROGRAM AA 0149 SUITABLE 5 kA RMS 600 VAC MAX MADE IN USA HECHO EN EUA FABRIQUE AUX E.U. 0.20 (5,08) 0.25 (6,35) 98 2.65 2.03 (67,3) (51,6) DISPLAY / PROGRAM ENT RR 96 NO Motor Logic Plus™ CONTACT RATING NEMA B300 7 lb-in (0,8 N m) L3 9065 SPC4 2.0-9.0 A, SER. B #RU/ADDR RD3 #RF RD2 UCTD RD1 GF TC RUN CUB LV UC HV OC VUB MULT 2.14 (54,4) 200–480 V~ 50/60 Hz L2 MODE SELECT AVG 5.05 (128) VOLT A (1) ø 0.65 (16,5) 3.10 (78,7) 3 0.34 (8,64) 3.60 (91,4) 3.85 (97,8) 4.37 (111) Motor Logic Plus II programmable solid-state overload relays 9065 SP2 p6 3.85 (97,8) 4.37 (111) 3.60 (91,4) 3.10 (78,7) 2.14 (54,4) 110/120 Vac 50/60 Hz <5.51 (140) * A1 * A2 98 14 96 95 13/23 STATUS IN 1 TRIP/WARN IN 2 OUT A 4.70 (119) Ø 0.65 (16,5) OUT B IN 3 Motor Logic® Plus II I1 I2 1.20 (30,5) 2.93 (74,4) 1.80 (45,7) 2.20 (55,9) 0.70 (17,8) I3 I4 G P S B IN 4 A 24 2.65 2.03 (67,3) (51,6) 2.28 3.05 (57,9) (77,5) RESET/TEST 0.25 (6,35) 0.20 (5,08) 0.67 (17,0) (1) Optional communication module. General, description: pages 3/2 and 3/4 Characteristics: pages 3/3 and 3/5 References: page 3/7 3/9 4- 4/0 Contents 0 4 - Definite Purpose Contactors b Types DP and DPA Class 8910 v General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4/2 v Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4/3 v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4/4 v Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4/6 v Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4/8 4 4/1 General 0 Definite Purpose Contactors 0 Types DP and DPA Class 8910 General Definite purpose contactors are ideal for heating, air conditioning, refrigeration, data processing and food service equipment. New compact single- and 2-pole contactors are available, as well as full-size 2-, 3- and 4-pole devices. 531125 531124 Definite purpose contactors b v v v v v v v v 8910 DP 31 V02 Single-pole contactor 8910 DPA 33 V02 3-pole contactor 4 Features: compact design, industry standard mounting, double break contacts, low coil VA, straight-through wiring, low cost, open contact constructions for easier contact inspection, optional cover over contacts. They feature quick-connect terminals and binding head screws for easy wiring. Box lugs are standard on 40 A contactors and larger. An exclusive DIN track mounting option may reduce installation costs. Coils can be changed on the Type DPA contactors quickly without a tool. Auxiliary contact modules snap on either side of the Type DPA contactors. Contactors with fuse blocks 531257 The DPA fused-type contactor provides an integrally mounted fuse block with fuse clips electrically connected to the contactor. This factory assembled unit not only provides space savings but reduces installation cost as well, with only six field connections for a 3-pole unit and featuring one unit for two functions, i.e., short-circuit protection for branch circuits and remote or manual power circuit interruption. The fused contactor thus meets the provisions of the National Electric Code (NEC) Article 424 for overcurrent protection as well as limit controls for fixed electric space heating. By a unique fuse clip arrangement, these devices can accommodate a variety of fuses for other electrical or electronic applications. This fused cover accommodates the Type SC 300 volt fuse, which is UL listed under Type G, as well as the standard 10 mm x 38 mm fuses (1). Only UL-listed, Class G, K, H or J fuses meet branch circuit requirements when applied in accordance with NEC Article 240. Supplementary fuses shown may be used for additional equipment protection as defined in NEC 240-30. Consult the manufacturer of the selected fuse for proper application. 8910 DPA 23 V02 DFM1 Contactor with fuse block (1) Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch). Characteristics: page 4/3 4/2 References: pages 4/4 to 4/7 Dimensions: pages 4/8 and 4/9 Characteristics 0 Definite Purpose Contactors 0 Types DP and DPA Class 8910 Characteristics Class Type 8910 DP 11/12 DP 21/22 DP 31/32 DP 41/42 DPA DPA DPA DPA DPA 12/13/ 22/23/ 32/33/ 42/43/ 52/53 14 24 34 44 DPA 62/63 DPA 72/73 DPA 92/93 DPA 122/ 123 Environment Rated insulation voltage Conforming to UL, CSA Rated impulse withstand voltage Conforming to standards NEMA ICS-1, ICS-2 UL 508 Product certifications UL CSA e Ambient air temperature around the device Storage Operation Operating position Without derating V kV 600 5 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes °C °C - 30… + 65 0…40 0…65 0…65 Vertical Pole characteristics Number of poles (P) Rated operational voltage Up to Frequency limits Of the operational current Conventional thermal current (FLA) Rated making capacity (LRA) At 240 V At 277 V At 480 V 1, 2 2, 3, 4 V 600 Hz A 50/60 20 25 30 40 A A A – 100 100 125 125 150 150 At 600 V A 80 100 120 200 150/ 200 150/ 160 Resistive rating At 600 V A 30/30 30/35 40/40 V 600 50/50 2, 3 4 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 90 120 120 – 100 150 180 240 300 360 450 540 720 125 150 200 250 300 375 450 600 80 100 120 160 200 240 300 360 480 25 35 40 50 62 75 94 120 a.c. control circuit characteristics Rated control circuit voltage Average consumption 60Hz Inrush VA VA Sealed Heat dissipation 60 Hz Sealed W Mechanical durability (3) In thousands of operating cycles 24/ 600 30 6 56 (1) 6 (1) 109 10 214 19 700 46 2.5 2.7 (2) 3.3 7.5 14 #14 - #2 #14 - #1/0 500 Power circuit connections Type of termination Binding head screw Wire sizes (Min./max.) (4) #14 - #8 Screw Box clamp lug terminal #14 #6 Binding head screw Box lug #14 - #8 #14 #6 Control circuit connections Type of termination .250" Quick connect Wire sizes (Min./max.) (4) .250" Quick connect/binding head screw Screw clamp terminal #16 - #12 (1) 4-pole has 109 VA inrush, 10 VA sealed. (2) 4-pole Watts are 3.3. (3) Operating cycles are without a load (mechanical durability). (4) Solid or stranded copper wire (AWG). External auxiliary contacts Type Voltage Making current Breaking current Continuous current General: page 4/2 aV aA aA A References: pages 4/4 to 4/7 9999 D10/D01/D11/D20/SX6/SX7/SX8/SX9/SX10 120 or less 60 (35% power factor) 6 (35% power factor) 10 Dimensions: pages 4/8 and 4/9 4/3 References 0 Definite Purpose Contactors 0 Types DP and DPA Class 8910 531125 Full-load Amperes A Locked rotor Amperes Resistive Motor power ratings N/O N/C load poles poles Amperes (1) 115V 230V 230V 460/575V single- single- 3-phase 3-phase 277V 480V 575V phase phase A A A A hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW Basic reference Add code indicating control circuit voltage (2) Weight kg (lb) Compact single-pole contactors 20 25 30 40 100 125 150 240 100 125 150 200 80 100 120 160 25 30 40 50 (3) 1 2 2 2 1.1 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 3 3 5 1.5 2.2 2.2 3.7 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 1 1 1 – – – – 8910 DP 11 (2) 8910 DP 21 (2) 8910 DP 31 (2) 8910 DP 41 (2) 0.2 (0.5) 0.2 (0.5) 0.2 (0.5) 0.2 (0.5) 1.1 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 3 5 5 1.5 2.2 3.7 3.7 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 2 2 2 – – – 8910 DP 12 (2) 8910 DP 22 (2) 8910 DP 32 (2) 8910 DP 42 (2) 0.2 (0.5) 0.2 (0.5) 0.2 (0.5) 0.2 (0.5) 3.7 7.5 5.5 2 3 4 2 1.5 3 2.2 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 2 3 4 2 1.5 5 3.7 10 7.5 15 11 2 3 4 3 2.2 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 20 15 2 3 4 3 2.2 10 7.5 15 11 30 22 2 3 5 3.7 10 7.5 25 18.5 30 22 2 3 5 3.7 15 11 25 18.5 40 30 2 3 7.5 5.5 20 15 30 22 50 37 2 3 10 7.5 25 18.5 40 30 75 55 2 3 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 8910 DPA 12 (2) 8910 DPA 13 (2) 8910 DPA 14 (2) 8910 DPA 22 (2) 8910 DPA 23 (2) 8910 DPA 24 (2) 8910 DPA 32 (2) 8910 DPA 33 (2) 8910 DPA 34 (2) 8910 DPA 42 (2) 8910 DPA 43 (2) 8910 DPA 44 (2) 8910 DPA 52 (2) 8910 DPA 53 (2) 8910 DPA 62 (2) 8910 DPA 63 (2) 8910 DPA 72 (2) 8910 DPA 73 (2) 8910 DPA 92 (2) 8910 DPA 93 (2) 8910 DPA 122 (2) 8910 DPA 123 (2) 0.5 (1) 0.5 (1) 0.6 (1.3) 0.5 (1) 0.5 (1) 0.6 (1.3) 0.5 (1) 0.5 (1) 0.6 (1.3) 0.5 (1) 0.5 (1) 0.7 (1.5) 0.7 (1.5) 0.7 (1.5) 0.7 (1.5) 0.7 (1.5) 1.6 (3.5) 1.7 (3.7) 1.4 (3) 1.7 (3.7) 2 (4.4) 5.9 (13) 2 2 2 2 8910 DPA 14 (2) Y392 8910 DPA 24 (2) Y392 8910 DPA 34 (2) Y392 8910 DPA 44 (2) Y392 0.6 (1.3) 0.6 (1.3) 0.6 (1.3) 0.7 (1.5) Compact 2-pole contactors (4) 8910 DPA 33 20 25 30 40 100 125 150 240 100 125 150 200 80 100 120 160 30 35 40 50 1 2 2 2 2-, 3- and 4-pole contactors (4) 20 120 100 80 25 25 150 125 100 35 30 180 150 120 40 40 240 200 160 50 50 300 250 200 62 60 360 300 240 75 75 450 375 300 94 90 540 450 360 120 120 720 600 480 120 4 1 1.1 2 1.5 5 4-pole contactors (4) 20 120 100 80 25 1 1.1 2 1.5 5 3.7 7.5 5.5 25 150 125 100 35 2 1.5 3 2.2 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 30 180 150 120 40 2 1.5 5 3.7 10 7.5 15 11 40 240 200 160 50 3 2.2 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 20 15 (1) N/C poles on outside. N/C poles open before N/O poles close. (2) Standard control circuit voltage for 8910 DP/DPA: Volts 24 110 120 208–240 220 277 50 Hz V14 V02 – – V09 – 60 Hz V14 – V02 V09 – V04 Standard control circuit voltage for 8910 DPA 122/DPA 123: Volts 24 110 120 208 220 230–240 50 Hz V12 V02 – – V03 – 60 Hz V01 (7) – V02 V08 – V03 (3) 50 A resistive limited to 277V. All others rated 40 A resistive (above 277V). (4) Above 240V, all lines must be switched. (5) Not available for Type 8910 DP 11 to 8910 DP 31 single-pole devices. (6) Not available for Type 8910 DP single- and 2-pole devices. (7) Only available on Types 8910 DPA 122/DPA 123. General: page 4/2 4/4 Characteristics: page 4/3 Dimensions: pages 4/8 and 4/9 2 2 2 2 440 V06 (5) – 480 – V06 (5) 550 V07 (6) – 600 – V07 (6) 440 V06 – 480 – V06 550 V07 – 600 – V07 References 0 Definite Purpose Contactors 0 Types DP and DPA Class 8910 531257 Contactors with fuse blocks (1) Contactors Fuse Rating Maximum Dimenrating sions voltage (2) A 8910 DPA 13/23/33/43 3 Class Suffix to the contactor reference (3) Weight V 600 mm 10 x 38 CC (3) DFC1 kg (lb) 0.35 (0.8) 60 480 10 x 57 G (3) DFG1 0.35 (0.8) 30 480 10 x 41 G (3) DFG2 0.35 (0.8) 30 250 14 x 51 H or K (3) DFH1 0.35 (0.8) 60 250 20 x 76 H or K (3) DFH2 0.35 (0.8) 30 600 20 x 57 J (3) DFJ1 0.40 (0.9) 60 600 26 x 60 J (3) DFJ2 0.40 (0.9) 30 600 10 x 38 M (3) DFM1 0.40 (0.9) 30 250 14 x 51 R (3) DFR1 0.35 (0.8) 60 250 20 x 76 R (3) DFR2 0.35 (0.8) 30 300 14 x 22 T (3) DFT1 0.35 (0.8) 60 300 14 x 22 T (3) DFT2 0.35 (0.8) 30 600 14 x 22 T (3) DFT3 0.40 (0.9) 60 600 25 x 39 T (3) DFT4 0.40 (0.9) 8910 DPA 23 V02 DFM1 (1) For dimensions, see page 4/9. (2) Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch). (3) 8910 DPA 13 or 23 or 33 or 43 plus standard control circuit voltage: Volts 24 110 120 208–240 220 277 440 50 Hz V14 V02 – – V09 – V06 60 Hz V14 – V02 V09 – V04 – Example: 8910 DPA 33 V02 DFG1. General: page 4/2 Characteristics: page 4/3 480 – V06 550 V07 – 600 – V07 Dimensions: pages 4/8 and 4/9 4/5 4 References 0 Definite Purpose Contactors 0 Types DP and DPA Class 8910 Accessories External auxiliary contacts 531258 For use with Contactor 8910 DPA Bottom Tabs Top Hooks 8910 DPA 122/123 Operating Tab Auxiliary contact Description Reference 1 N/O contact 9999 D10 1 N/C contact 9999 D01 1 N/O and 1 N/C contacts 9999 D11 2 N/O contacts 9999 D20 1 N/O contact 9999 SX6 1 N/C contact 9999 SX7 1 N/O and 1 N/C isolated contacts 9999 SX8 1 N/O make before break contact 9999 SX9 1 N/C make before break contact 9999 SX10 Weight kg (lb) 0.03 (0.07) 0.03 (0.07) 0.04 (0.09) 0.04 (0.09) 0.03 (0.07) 0.03 (0.07) 0.04 (0.09) 0.03 (0.07) 0.03 (0.07) NEMA 1 general purpose enclosures For use with 4 Poles Reference Weight 8910 DP (1) Full-load Amperes A 20…40 1 and 2 9991 DPG1 kg (lb) 1.1 (2.5) 8910 DPA 20…40 2 and 3 9991 DPG1 1.1 (2.5) 50 2 and 3 9991 DPG2 1.8 (4) 20…40 4 9991 DPG2 1.8 (4) 60…75 2 and 3 9991 DPG3 3 (7) 90…120 2 and 3 9991 DPG4 4 (9) Variants Type For use on Screw clamp 8910 DPA 1p/2p/3p terminal connectors Box lugs 8910 DPA 1p/2p/3p Suffix to the contactor reference (2) Y122 Y124 Weight kg (lb) – – DIN mounting 8910 DPA 1p/2p/3p/4p/5p/6p Y135 – bracket attachment (35 mm wide) (1) Optional contact cover 9999 DRC1, only available for 8910 DP compact single-pole or 2-pole contactors. (2) Example: 8910 DPA 12 V02 Y122. General: page 4/2 4/6 Characteristics: page 4/3 Dimensions: pages 4/8 and 4/9 References (continued) 0 Definite Purpose Contactors 0 Types DP and DPA Class 8910 Accessories Replacement coils Type Replacement coils For use on Poles Average consumption (60 Hz) Inrush Sealed VA VA 8910 DPA 1p/2p/3p/4p 2 and 3 56 6 Basic reference Weight Add code indicating control circuit voltage (1) 9998 DA1 ppp kg (lb) – 8910 DPA p4 4 109 10 9998 DA2 ppp – 8910 DPA 5p/6p 2 and 3 109 10 9998 DA2 ppp – 8910 DPA 7p/9p 2 and 3 214 19 9998 DA3 ppp – Replacement parts kits Type Replacement parts kits Kit description For use on Reference Contains the necessary 8910 DPA 1p movable and stationary contacts, contact springs and 8910 DPA 2p additional hardware for one pole 9998 DRC1 Weight kg (lb) – 9998 DRC2 – 8910 DPA 3p 9998 DRC3 – 8910 DPA 4p 9998 DRC4 – 8910 DPA 5p 9998 DRC5 – 8910 DPA 6p 9998 DRC6 – 8910 DPA 7p 9998 DRC7 – 8910 DPA 9p 9998 DRC9 – 8910 DPA 12p 9998 DRC12 – Miscellaneous parts Type For use on DIN mounting 8910 DPA adaptor plate (1) Standard control circuit voltage: Volts 24 110 120 208–240 220 50 Hz V14 V02 – – V09 60 Hz V14 – V02 V09 – Example: 9998 DA1 V02. General: page 4/2 Characteristics: page 4/3 Reference Weight kg (lb) – 9999 DMB1 277 – V04 440 V06 – 480 – V06 550 V07 – 600 – V07 Dimensions: pages 4/8 and 4/9 4/7 4 Definite Purpose Contactors Dimensions 0 Types DP and DPA Class 8910 Dimensions are inch -----------mm 8910 DP 11/21/31/41 (single-pole) 8910 DP 12/22/32/42 (2-pole) 2.16 2.16 55 55 .83 21 1.63 42 59 21 3.29 2.87 84 73 1.63 2.31 (1) Provisions for #10 or M5 mounting screws. 8910 DPA 14/24/34/44 (4-pole/20–40 A) 2.50 3.17 64 4 .25 81 2.00 51 79 38 13 .46 2.25 .25 .81 21 1.55 12 3.12 1.50 .50 4.00 3.25 3.75 102 83 3.11 57 79 39 6 6 4.00 3.25 .51 13 (1) Provisions for #10 or M5 mounting screws. 8910 DPA 7p/9p (2 and 3-pole/75–90 A) 2.11 1.54 39 .23 6 3.27 .07 2 .09 4.06 3.72 2 94 103 83 2.56 85 .26 2.87 .44 2.50 7 54 .24 (1) 95 (1) (1) Provisions for #10 or M5 mounting screws. 8910 DPA 5p/6p (2 and 3-pole/50–60 A) 6 3.75 102 83 95 (1) .23 73 84 (1) (1) Provisions for #10 or M5 mounting screws. 8910 DPA 12/13/22/23/32/33/42/43 (2 and 3-pole/20–40 A) 6 2.87 3.29 42 59 (1) .25 57 7 .83 2.31 2.22 .27 42 57 7 42 1.63 2.22 .27 1.63 3.67 93 6 11 73 .26 .06 7 2 4.63 5.20 64 4.44 113 118 3.39 86 5.12 132 130 4.37 (1) 111 (1) Provisions for #10 or M5 mounting screws. (1) Provisions for #10 or M5 mounting screws. General: page 4/2 References: pages 4/4 to 4/7 4/8 Characteristics: page 4/3 .39 10 0 Definite Purpose Contactors Dimensions 0 0 Types DP and DPA Class 8910 Dimensions are inch -----------mm 8910 DPA 122/123 (120 A) 5.38 137 4.75 .31 8 121 1.50 .31 8 38 6.50 .12 165 3 6.03 153 6.63 168 6.86 174 (1) (1) Provision for 1/4" mounting screw. Contactors with fuse blocks (2) A 8910 DPA p3 ppp DFC1 91 8910 DPA p3 ppp DFG1 91 8910 DPA p3 ppp DFG2 91 8910 DPA p3 ppp DFH1 91 8910 DPA p3 ppp DFH2 107 8910 DPA p3 ppp DFJ1 91 8910 DPA p3 ppp DFJ2 119 8910 DPA p3 ppp DFM1 91 8910 DPA p3 ppp DFR1 91 8910 DPA p3 ppp DFR2 107 8910 DPA p3 ppp DFT1 91 8910 DPA p3 ppp DFT2 91 8910 DPA p3 ppp DFT3 119 8910 DPA p3 ppp DFT4 119 (2) Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch) Top View A Side View C B 150 155 150 150 168 150 152 150 152 168 150 150 155 150 C 117 119 114 119 135 132 135 117 119 136 114 114 114 114 4 B General: page 4/2 Characteristics: page 4/3 References: pages 4/4 to 4/7 4/9 5/0 Contents 5 - Lighting Contactors b Multipole lighting contactors, Types L, LX and S Class 8903 v General, characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/2 b Multipole lighting contactors, Types L and LX Class 8903 v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/4 b Multipole lighting contactors, Type S Class 8903 v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/5 b Multipole lighting contactors, Types L, LX and S Class 8903 v Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/7 v Variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/8 v Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/10 5 5/1 Lighting Contactors General, characteristics 0 0 Multipole lighting contactors Types L, LX and S Class 8903 General 531221 531222 Lighting contactors have evolved from the need for more than just simple on-off manual control of lights. Today's requirements call for the development of new and varied types of control. Often the application will call for remote control of lighting from some distant location. This control may not be in addition to a master control station at a central location. Certain applications include the use of automatic control by time clocks or photoelectric cells. Whatever the need may be, applications are increasing and lighting contactors are designed to meet the ever-changing requirements. 8903 Lp Electrically held 8903 LXp Mechanically held Typical installations include: b Parking lots. b Industrial plants. b Office buildings. b Theatres and auditoriums. b Hospitals and institutions. b Shopping centres. b Stadiums. b Airports. 531224 Multipole lighting contactors, Types L and LX Class 8903 531223 Features: b 30 A fluorescent lighting rating. b 20 A tungsten lighting rating. b Electrically and mechanically held. b 2 to 12-pole versions. b Field-convertible contacts with N/O and N/C indicators (8 N/C contacts maximum). Multipole lighting contactors, Type S Class 8903 Features: b 30…800 A lighting ratings. b Electrically and mechanically held. b 2- to 5-pole versions (5-pole to 200 A). b UL-listed short-circuit rating up to 100 000 A. b Mixed load ratings (lighting and motor). b Factory-wired controls and clearly marked termination points. 8903 Spp pp Mechanically held 8903 Spp p Electrically held Characteristics Class Type 8903 Lp/LXp SMp SPp SQp SVp SXp SYp SZp SJp Environment 5 Rated insulation voltage Conforming to standards Product certifications Ambient air temperature around the device Max. operating altitude Operating position Conforming to UL, CSA… aV Storage Operation Without derating Without derating °C °C m 600 NEMA ICS-1, ICS-2, UL 508, CSA 22-2 n° 14 UL, CSA - 30…+ 65 0…+ 40 2000 Vertical Power circuit connections Type of termination Wire sizes (Min./max.) (AWG) Screw clamp terminal Box lug #14–#10 #14–#8 #14–#2 #14–#2/0 (1) (1) Solid or stranded copper wire #6–350 #4–600 #6–350 #4–600 #30/0– MCM (1) MCM (1) MCM (1) MCM (1) 750MCM (2) (3) (3) (1) (4) (1) Solid or stranded aluminium wire. (2) Two wires #4–250 MCM. (3) Two holes. (4) Four holes. Control circuit connections Type of termination Wire sizes (Min./max.) Solid or stranded copper wire (AWG) Screw clamp terminal #16–#12 Pole characteristics Number of poles (P) Rated operating voltage Up to Frequency limits Of the operating current Conventional thermal current (FLA) Rated making capacity Tungsten Ballast Resistance heating rating At 600V aV Hz A A A A 2–12 2–5 600 50/60 30 10 x rated current 3 x rated current 20 30 2–3 60 100 200 300 400 600 800 60 100 200 300 400 600 800 1300 14 1300 14 13 – 2970 1780 48 1495 56 32 27 1530 2970 1250 2000 500 1500 a.c. control circuit characteristics Rated control circuit voltage aV Average consumption 60Hz Inrush Electrically held Sealed Average consumption 50Hz Inrush Electrically held Sealed Heat dissipation 60Hz Electrically held - Sealed Heat dissipation 50Hz Electrically held - Sealed Inrush 60 Hz Latch coil Mechanically held Unlatch coil Inrush 50 Hz Latch coil Mechanically held Unlatch coil Mechanical durability Electrically held In x 103 of operating cycles Mechanically held VA VA VA VA W W VA VA VA VA References: pages 5/4 to 5/9 5/2 Dimensions: pages 5/10 and 5/11 24–600 (2–6P) (8–12P) 150/180 30/35 140/170 30/35 6.5/9.5 – 150/180 25/25 140/170 – 4000 1000 24–600 24–600 (2–3P) 110–600 (4–5P) 110–600 245 27 232 26 7.8 7.7 245 140 232 311/438 37/38 296/429 36/37 14/14 12/12 311/438 140/140 296/429 1185 89 1260 89 22 23 973 550 – 10,000 700/1185 41/89 678/1260 47/89 14/22 15/23 700/973 550/550 678/– 3000 1960 59 – – 36 – 2100 500 Characteristics (continued) 0 Lighting Contactors 0 Multipole lighting contactors Types L, LX and S Class 8903 Electrical characteristics (continued) Class 8903 Type Lp/LXp SMp SPp SQp SVp SXp SYp SZp SJp Contactor continuous rating A 30 30 60 100 200 300 400 600 (1) 800 a Voltage ratings Tungsten lamp loads Single-pole to load a V 20 A/277 277 – a V 20 A/480 480 – 2-pole to load on single-phase and 3-pole to load on 3-phase Ballast loads Single-pole to load a V 277 (2) 347 a V 480 (2) 600 2-pole to load on single-phase and 3-pole to load on 3-phase Resistive loads Single-pole to load a V 20 A/600 600 2-pole to load on single-phase and 3-pole to load on a V 20 A/600 600 3-phase c Voltage ratings Tungsten lamp or resistance loads 2-pole in series cV 125 250 – 3-pole in series cV 20 A/250 250 UL-listed short-circuit rating Contactors protected by fused disconnect switches Maximum Class RK5 fuse rating A 30 30 60 100 200 400 400 – – V 600 480 600 – – Maximum voltage kA 100 – 30 (5) Available Amperes (RMS sym) Contactors protected by circuit breakers Maximum circuit breaker rating A 25 40 80/90 125 250/225 400 800 800 1200 Thermal-magnetic Recommended circuit breaker type V 240/480 480/600/480 600/480 600 Maximum voltage Available Amperes (RMS sym) kA 22/14 10/5/100 18/14/100 10/100 14/100 22/100 22 30 Kilowatt ratings (3) Voltage a 200 V kW 6.9 10.3 20.7 34.6 69.2 103.9 138.5 207.8 277.1 a 230 V kW 7.9 11.9 23.9 39.8 79.6 119.5 159.3 239 318.7 kW 13.1 19.7 39.4 65.8 131.6 197.4 263.2 394.9 526.5 a 380 V kW 15.9 23.9 47.8 79.8 159.3 239 318.6 478 637.4 a 460 V a 575 V kW 19.9 30 60 99 199 299 398.4 597.6 796.7 – Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 Size 6 Size 7 Motor power ratings equivalent to NEMA Size contactor Mixed load ratings Percent lighting (and/or resistive) load: 0% Motor voltage and phases (4) 200 V / 3-phase Max. motor hp – 7.5 10 25 40 75 125 150 250 230 V / 3-phase Max. motor hp – 7.5 15 30 50 100 150 200 300 hp – 10 25 50 75 150 250 300 400 380 V / 3-phase Max. motor hp – 10 25 50 100 200 300 400 600 460…575 V / 3-phase Max. motor 115 V / single-phase Max. motor hp – 2 3 7.5 – – – – – hp – 3 7.5 15 – – – – – 230 V / single-phase Max. motor Percent lighting (and/or resistive) load: 75% 200 V / 3-phase Max. non-motor A – 22.5 45 75 150 225 300 450 600 hp – 1.5 3 5 15 20 30 50 60 Max. motor A – 22.5 45 75 150 225 300 450 600 230 V / 3-phase Max. non-motor Max. motor hp – 2 3 7.5 15 25 30 50 75 A – 22.5 45 75 150 225 300 450 600 380 V / 3-phase Max. non-motor hp – 3 7.5 10 30 40 60 75 125 Max. motor 460…575 V / 3-phase Max. non-motor A – 22.5 45 75 150 225 300 450 600 hp – 3 10 15 30 50 75 100 150 Max. motor A – 22.5 45 75 – – – – – 115 V / single-phase Max. non-motor Max. motor hp – 0.33 0.75 2 – – – – – A – 22.5 45 75 – – – – – 230 V / single-phase Max. non-motor hp – 0.75 2 3 – – – – – Max. motor (1) 600 A devices are derated to 540 A for resistance heating loads when aluminium wire is used. (2) Types L and LX contactors also have a ballast lamp rating of 15 A/a 347 V when connected single-pole to load and a 600 V when connected 2-pole to load on single-phase and 3-pole to load on 3-phase. (3) Resistance heating only (3-phase system). (4) Select lighting contactor on basis of rated motor voltage, whether non-motor load is connected line-to-line or line-to-neutral. (5) 30 kA also applies for Class J and Class K5, time-delay, 600 A maximum fuses. Additionally, 30 kA ratings apply to Class T, 1200 A maximum and Class L, 1600 A maximum fuses. References: pages 5/4 to 5/9 Dimensions: pages 5/10 and 5/11 5/3 5 References 0 Lighting Contactors 0 Multipole lighting contactors Types L and LX Class 8903 Multipole lighting contactors, Types L and LX (4) 531217 Contact Ampere ratings Number of poles Enclosure type (1) Basic reference (2) Weight Add code indicating control circuit voltage (3) and enclosure type (5) kg (lb) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 L (2) 20 (3) 1.3 (2.8) 8903 L (2) 30 (3) 1.3 (2.8) 8903 L (2) 40 (3) 1.3 (2.8) 8903 L (2) 60 (3) 1.5 (3.2) 8903 L (2) 80 (3) 1.7 (3.7) 8903 L (2) 1000 (3) 1.9 (4.1) 8903 L (2) 1200 (3) 2 (4.4) A Electrically held 30 2 3 4 6 8903 LO 60 ppp 531218 8 10 12 Mechanically held 30 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 LX (2) 20 (3) 2 (4.4) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 LX (2) 30 (3) 2.1 (4.6) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 4 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 LX (2) 40 (3) 2.1 (4.6) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 6 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 LX (2) 60 (3) 2.3 (5) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 LX (2) 80 (3) 2.4 (5.4) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 10 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 LX (2) 1000 (3) 2.6 (5.8) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 12 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 LX (2) 1200 (3) 2.8 (6) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) (1) Open: separate enclosures are available for these devices. Delivery time might be improved by ordering an open-type contactor and a separate Class 9991 enclosure; please consult your regional sales office. NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure. NEMA 1+: flush-mounting, general-purpose enclosure with plaster adjustment. NEMA 12: dust-tight and drip-tight industrial-use enclosure. (2) Insert "O" for Open , "G" for NEMA 1, "F" for NEMA 1+, "A" for NEMA 12. Example: 8903 LO 20 V02. (3) Standard control circuit voltage: Volts 24 110 120 208 220 240 277 440 480 50 Hz – V02 – – V03 – – V06 – 60 Hz V01 – V02 V08 – V03 V04 – V06 (4) All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard. (5) Factory conversion of N/O contacts to N/C, order following the example below. Example: for 2 N/O + 2 N/C (NEMA 1 enclosure) the reference is 8903 LG 22. There is a maximum of eight N/C poles for Type 8903 L contactors and a maximum of six N/C poles for Type 8903 LX contactors (field conversion only). Versions are available with up to 12 N/C poles (factory only). 531220 8903 LO 80 ppp 5 531219 8903 LO 1200 ppp 8903 LXO 1200 ppp General, characteristics: pages 5/2 and 5/3 5/4 Dimensions: pages 5/10 and 5/11 2 References 0 Lighting Contactors 0 Multipole lighting contactors Type S Class 8903 Multipole lighting contactors, Type S (4) 531223_1 Contact Ampere ratings Number of poles Enclosure type (1) Basic reference (2) Add code indicating control circuit voltage (3) and enclosure type A Weight kg (lb) Electrically held 30 2 600 4 5 2 3 4 5 2 3 2 3 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 SM (2) 1 (3) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 SM (2) 2 (3) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 SM (2) 3 (3) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 SM (2) 4 (3) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 SP (2) 1 (3) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 SP (2) 2 (3) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 SP (2) 3 (3) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 SP (2) 4 (3) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 SQ (2) 1 (3) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 SQ (2) 2 (3) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SQ (2) 3 (3) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SQ (2) 4 (3) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SV (2) 1 (3) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SV (2) 2 (3) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SV (2) 3 (3) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SV (2) 4 (3) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SX (2) 1 (3) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SX (2) 2 (3) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SY (2) 1 (3) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SY (2) 2 (3) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SZ (2) 1 (3) 800 3 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SZ (2) 2 (3) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SJ (2) 1 (3) 3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SJ (2) 2 (3) 3 4 5 8903 SQO 1 ppp 60 2 3 4 5 100 2 3 200 300 400 1.4 (3.1) 1.4 (3.1) 1.7 (3.7) 1.7 (3.7) 2.4 (5.3) 2.5 (5.5) 3.1 (6.9) 3.3 (7.2) 9.9 (22) 9.9 (22) 15.5 (34) 28.4 (63) 14.5 (32) 14.5 (32) 29.4 (65) 29.4 (65) 23.6 (52) 31.3 (69) 43.5 (96) 45 (99) 61.2 (135) 63 (139) 85.2 (188) 87.9 (193) (1) Open: separate enclosures are available for 30, 60 and 100 A devices. NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure. NEMA 1+: flush-mounting, general-purpose enclosure with plaster adjustment. NEMA 12: dust-tight and drip-tight industrial-use enclosure. (2) Insert "O" for Open , "G" for NEMA 1, "F" for NEMA 1+, "A" for NEMA 12. Example: 8903 SMO 1 V02. (3) Standard control circuit voltage: Volts 24 110 120 208 220 240 277 440 480 50 Hz – V02 – – V03 – – V06 – 60 Hz V01 – V02 V08 – V03 V04 – V06 (4) All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard, except electrically held 400, 600 and 800 A devices. Electrically held 400, 600 and 800 A devices are provided with common control. General, characteristics: pages 5/2 and 5/3 Dimensions: pages 5/10 and 5/11 5/5 5 References (continued) 0 Lighting Contactors 0 Multipole lighting contactors Type S, Class 8903 Multipole lighting contactors, Type S (continued) (4) 531224_1 Contact Ampere ratings Number of poles Enclosure type (1) Basic reference (2) Add code indicating control circuit voltage (3) and enclosure type A Weight kg (lb) Mechanically held 30 2 4 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 SM (2) 10 (3) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 SM (2) 11 (3) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 SM (2) 12 (3) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 SM (2) 13 (3) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 SP (2) 10 (3) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 SP (2) 11 (3) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 SP (2) 12 (3) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 SP (2) 13 (3) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 SQ (2) 10 (3) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), 8903 SQ (2) 11 (3) NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SQ (2) 12 (3) 5 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SQ (2) 13 (3) 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SV (2) 10 (3) 3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SV (2) 11 (3) 4 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SV (2) 12 (3) 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SX (2) 13 (3) 3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SX (2) 14 (3) 400 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SY (2) 16 (3) 600 3 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SY (2) 17 (3) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SZ (2) 18 (3) 800 3 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SZ (2) 19 (3) Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SJ (2) 10 (3) 3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SJ (2) 11 (3) 3 4 5 60 2 3 8903 SMO 10 ppp 4 5 100 2 3 5 200 300 2.9 (6.5) 2.7 (5.9) 3 (6.8) 3.8 (8.3) 3.9 (8.6) 4 (8.8) 5.3 (11.7) 5.3 (11.7) 8 (18) 8.4 (18.6) 9.6 (21.1) 9.6 (21.1) 19,9 (43,8) 20.5 (45.4) 28.5 (62.9) 31.2 (68.9) 31.2 (68.9) 38.7 (85.4) 39 (86.2) 61.2 (135) 63 (139) 85 (187.6) 87.9 (194) (1) Open: separate enclosures are available for 30, 60 and 100 A devices. NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure. NEMA 1+: flush-mounting, general-purpose enclosure with plaster adjustment. NEMA 12: dust-tight and drip-tight industrial-use enclosure. (2) Insert: "O" for Open , "G" for NEMA 1, "F" for NEMA 1+, "A" for NEMA 12. Example: 8903 SMO 10 V02. (3) Standard control circuit voltage: Volts 24 110 120 208 220 240 277 440 480 50 Hz – V02 – – V03 – – V06 – 60 Hz V01 – V02 V08 – V03 V04 – V06 (4) All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard, except electrically held 400, 600 and 800 A devices. Electrically held 400, 600 and 800 A devices are provided with common control. General, characteristics: pages 5/2 and 5/3 5/6 Dimensions: pages 5/10 and 5/11 References 0 Lighting Contactors 0 Multipole lighting contactors Types L, LX and S Class 8903 Accessories 531225 531226 Kits Type Kit description For use on Reference Weight kg (lb) 8903 LO 60/80 8903 LXO 60/80 8903 LO 80/1000 (1) 8903 LXO 80/1000 (1) 8903 L1L 8903 L1R 8903 L3L 8903 L3R – – – – 9999 SB6 9999 SB21 9999 SB7 9999 SB22 9999 SB8 9999 SB23 9999 SB9 9999 SB24 9999 SB10 9999 SB25 – – – – – – – – – – Power-pole adder kits 8903 L1L 8903 L1R Power-pole adder kits Single pole (used to add 30 A power poles to existing Double pole contactors when additional circuits are required) 531227 531228 Single-pole and double-pole kits Single-pole kits (2) Double-pole kits (2) 8903 L3L 8903 L3R 1 N/O 8903 SMp 8903 SPp (3) 1 N/C 8903 SMp 8903 SPp (3) 1 N/O and 1 N/C 8903 SMp 8903 SPp (3) 2 N/O 8903 SMp 8903 SPp (3) 2 N/C 8903 SMp 8903 SPp (3) Solid neutral terminal block kits Type Kit description Solid neutral terminal 30/60/100 A block kits 200/300 A 400/600/800 A For use on 8903 L/LX/SM/SP/SQ 9999 SN1 8903 SV/SX 9999 SN2 8903 SY/SZ/SJ 9999 SN3 Reference – – – Weight kg (lb) Mechanically held Push button (On-Off) Selector switch (2-position) Selector switch (3-position) Two-wire control relay Suffix R6 (5) NEMA 1 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp 8903 SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp NEMA 12 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp/SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp NEMA 1 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp 8903 SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp NEMA 12 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp/SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp NEMA 1 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp (must include two-wire control relay) 8903 SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp NEMA 12 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp/SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp – 8903 Lp/LXp 8903 SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp 9999 BLX + 9999 LXPB 9001 KA2 + 9999 SA3 (4) 9001 KA2 + 9999 SA3 (4) 9999 BLX + 9999 LXS 9001 KN244 + 9001 KS11BH1 9001 KN244 + 9001 KS11BH1 9999 BLX + 9999 SC2 9001 KN260 + 9001 KS46BH2 9001 KN260 + 9001 KS46BH2 9999 RLX + CA2SK11 8501 X011 – – – – – – – – – – – Electrically held Pilot lights (red) NEMA 1 and NEMA 12 enclosures 8903 Lp/LXp 9999 SP28R – 8903 SMp 9999 SP2R + 9999 SP28R – 8903 SPp 9999 SP3R + 9999 SP28R – 8903 SQp 9999 SP14R + 9999 SP28R (6) – 8903 SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp 9999 SP28R + 9999 SP28R (7) – Push buttons (8) NEMA 1 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp 9999 BLX + 9999 SA10 – 8903 SMp/SPp 9999 SA10 – 8903 SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp 9999 SA3 – NEMA 12 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp/SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp 9999 SA3 – Selector switch NEMA 1 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp 9999 BLX + 9999 SC22 – (2-position) 8903 SMp/SPp/SQp 9999 SC22 – 9001 KN244 + 9001 KS11BH1 – 8903 SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp NEMA 12 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp/SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp 9001 KN244 + 9001 KS11BH1 – Selector switch NEMA 1 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp 9999 BLX + 9999 SC2 – (3-position) 8903 SMp/SPp/SQp 9999 SC2 – 8903 SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp 9999 SC8 – NEMA 12 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp/SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp 9999 SC8 – (1) Single-pole power pole must be removed before double-pole power pole can be installed. (2) A single-pole or double-pole kit can be added to any 2- or 3-pole, 30 or 60 A Type S lighting contactor to make a 4- or 5-pole device. Factory assembled 4- and 5-pole contactors use the basic 3-pole device with a single- or double-pole kit installed. Only one power pole can be added per contactor. Sufficient room is provided in all enclosure styles for the addition of the power pole kit. (3) When power pole is added to a 60 A contactor (8903 SPp), a 4-pole coil is also required. 60 A power poles are suitable for use with copper or aluminium wire. (4) Mechanically held contactors need two distinct signals to operate. It is necessary to add a N/O contact block to the Class 9999 Type SA3 push button kit. (5) Form R6 available for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V and 277 V only. (6) Choice for 2- or 3-pole only; for 4- or 5-pole, use Class 9999 SP15R. (7) The coil voltage must be the same as the pilot light rating. Kit contains one Class 9001 KP1R6 (120 V / 60 Hz) red pilot light control unit. For other voltages, refer to the Class 9001 KP control section of the Digest. (8) Requires holding circuit interlock or additional power pole on Type L devices. General, characteristics: pages 5/2 and 5/3 Dimensions: pages 5/10 and 5/11 5/7 5 References 0 Lighting Contactors 0 Multipole lighting contactors Types L, LX and S Class 8903 Variants Variants Type Enclosure type NEMA 1, NEMA 12 Any For use on Description Mechanically held Pulsed contact Suffix to the lighting Weight contactor reference (1) kg (lb) A3 – Electrically held With holding circuit interlock A12 – (2) C – (2) C6 – NEMA 1, NEMA 12 NEMA 1, NEMA 12 Electrically held, Mechanically held Electrically held, Mechanically held Electrically held, Mechanically held Electrically held, Mechanically held Electrically held, Mechanically held Noise-reduced enclosure and shockmounted panel Any Electrically held 1 fuse 2 fuses Fuses: 2 (primary), 0 (secondary) Fuses: 2 (primary), 1 (secondary) 100 VA additional capacity 200 VA additional capacity 300 VA additional capacity – F F4 F4T FF4T FF4T11 FF4T12 FF4T13 G4 – – – – – – – – Addition of photoelectric receptacle NEMA 1, NEMA 12 Electrically held – With photo-cell installed And relay R6 (4) With photo-cell installed (4) Wired Unwired – G10 G101 G10R6 G101R6 G56pp G50pp G53 – – – – – – – 24 hour (120–127 V only) 24 hour w/day omission (120–127 V only) 7 day (120–127 V only) – K14 K141 K142 N – – – – "ON-OFF" push button "ON-OFF" push button "HAND-OFF-AUTO" selector switch "ON-OFF" selector switch Control circuit fuses Control circuit transformers standard capacity (50/60 Hz) (3) Additional capacity (50/60 Hz) Two fuses in primary and one fuse in secondary (3) NEMA 1, NEMA 12 NEMA 1, NEMA 12 Any Mechanically held 5 Addition of terminal blocks (other than standard) (5) Any Bracketing for internally mounted pilot device Any Addition of time clock NEMA 1, NEMA 12 Electrically held, Mechanically held Electrically held, Mechanically held Electrically held, Mechanically held Addition of solid neutral terminal block NEMA 1, NEMA 12 Electrically held, Mechanically held (1) Example: 8903 LXG 20 V02 A3. (2) To substitute a key operated selector switch, use suffix "C33" and specify positions, legend marking and key removal. This suffix must be used with another selector switch suffix. (3) Control circuit transformer selection table: Primary-secondary 120-24 208-120 240-24 240-120 277-120 480-24 480-120 480-240 600-120 60 Hz V89 V84 V82 V80 V85 V83 V81 V87 V86 (4) Available for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V and 277 V applications only. (5) At the end of suffix, pp represents the number of terminals needed. General, characteristics: pages 5/2 and 5/3 5/8 Dimensions: pages 5/10 and 5/11 References (continued) 0 Lighting Contactors 0 Multipole lighting contactors Types L, LX and S Class 8903 Variants Variants (continued) Type Red pilot light Enclosure type Any For use on Description Electrically held, Mechanically held Electrically held, Mechanically held Electrically held, Mechanically held Electrically held, Mechanically held Mechanically held Electrically held, Mechanically held Mechanically held – Suffix to the lighting Weight contactor reference (1) kg (lb) P1 – Two or more lights (each) (2) Any – P – Red push-to-test pilot light Any – P21 – Interlock Any Necessary for pilot light, one needed for each additional pilot light (4) – (3) – Two-wire interfaces Addition of under- and overvoltage relay Any Any R6 R44 – – Three-wire control for long distance applications Any (4) R62 – Auxiliary contacts (5) Any Electrically held, Mechanically held 0 N/O + 1 N/C 0 N/O + 2 N/C 0 N/O + 3 N/C 0 N/O + 4 N/C 1 N/O + 0 N/C 1 N/O + 1 N/C 1 N/O + 2 N/C 1 N/O + 3 N/C 2 N/O + 0 N/C 2 N/O + 1 N/C 2 N/O + 2 N/C 3 N/O + 0 N/C 3 N/O + 1 N/C 4 N/O + 0 N/C – X01 X02 X03 X04 X10 X11 X12 X13 X20 X21 X22 X30 X31 X40 Y48 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Addition of DC coil to Type L (7 poles maximum) Any Electrically held Coil transient suppressor (a 120 V only) Any Addition of lightning arrestor Any Substitute copper only lugs for standard Any Substitute Anderson VC crimp style lugs for standard (per lug adder), specify lug Any Electrically held, Mechanically held Electrically held, Mechanically held Electrically held, Mechanically held Electrically held, Mechanically held – Y145 – – Y1532 – – Y157 – – Y1574 – (1) Example: 8903 LXG 20 V02 P1. (2) For electrically held enclosed devices, the first pilot light is wired in parallel with the coil. Operating interlocks are required for all additional pilot lights. Mechanically held devices require operating interlocks for all pilot lights. (3) Do not use suffix "X" for any interlock which is wired in series with pilot light, but do specify how pilot light and interlock are to be wired into the circuit. (4) Available for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V and 277 V applications only. (5) Electrically held (Type L) multipole contactors cannot add interlocks. Additional poles can be used for the same function, however. Mechanically held (Type LX) contactors provide one double-throw auxiliary (or status) contact as standard. Maximum number of external auxiliary units: Contactor Maximum number 8903 SM/SP 4 N/O or 4 N/C 3 N/O or N/C plus 1 attached timer (on- or off-delay) 2 N/O or N/C plus 1 power-pole adder (single- or 2-pole, N/O or N/C) 1 attached timer plus 1 power-pole adder (single- or 2-pole, N/O or N/C) plus auxiliary contact 8903 SQ/SV/SY 4 N/O or N/C (Size 3 and Size 4) 2 N/O or N/C plus 1 attached timer (on- or off-delay) 8903 SQ/SV/SY 3 N/O or N/C plus 1 attached timer (on- or off-delay) (Size 5) 2 N/O or N/C plus 1 NEMA Size 0–1 or Size 2 power-pole adder (single- or 2-pole, N/O or N/C) 8903 SZ/SJ 4 N/O or N/C 3 N/O or N/C plus 1 attached timer (on- or off-delay) 2 N/O or N/C plus 1 NEMA Size 0–1 or Size 2 power-pole adder (single- or 2-pole, N/O or N/C) General, characteristics: pages 5/2 and 5/3 Dimensions: pages 5/10 and 5/11 5/9 5 Lighting Contactors Dimensions 0 0 Multipole lighting contactors Types L, LX and S Class 8903 Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch) 8903 LO/LXO A E C Mtg B D Mtg 2.25 57 F Mtg 8903 LO 20/30/40 8903 LO 60 8903 LO 80/1000/1200 8903 LXO 20/30/40 8903 LXO 60 8903 LXO 80/1000/1200 A 73 108 143 73 108 143 B 127 127 127 – – – C 117 117 117 – – – D – – – 224 224 224 E 79 79 79 83 83 83 8903 SMO 1/2 8903 SMO 3/4 8903 SPO 1/2 8903 SPO 3/4 8903 SQO 1/2 8903 SQO 3/4 8903 SVO 1/2 8903 SVO 3/4 8903 SXO 1/2 8903 SYO 1/2 8903 SZO 1/2 8903 SJO 1/2 8903 SMO 10/11 8903 SMO 12/13 8903 SPO 10/11 8903 SPO 12/13 8903 SQO 10/11 8903 SQO 12/13 8903 SVO 10/11 8903 SVO 12 8903 SXO 13/14 8903 SYO 16/17 8903 SZO 18/19 8903 SJO 10/11 A 110 110 135 158 180 199 232 232 313 – – – 182 182 210 221 257 268 293 293 313 – – – B 82 108 110 143 139 248 152 248 220 313 313 313 96 116 117 150 151 248 152 248 220 220 220 220 C 107 107 125 125 165 165 165 165 222 229 229 303 119 119 133 133 171 171 171 171 267 267 267 303 D – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – E – – – – – – – – – 706 706 1085 – – – – – – – – – 533 533 898 A 386 386 610 610 341 341 610 610 386 386 610 610 787 B 227 227 445 445 183 183 445 445 227 227 445 445 425 C 194 194 381 381 149 149 381 381 194 194 381 381 362 D 327 327 489 489 283 283 489 489 327 327 489 489 667 E 138 138 181 181 121 121 146 146 138 138 146 146 203 F – – – 196 196 196 8903 SpO D E A 5 B C 8903 LF/LXF/SpF E G D A F C B Enclosure General, characteristics: pages 5/2 and 5/3 5/10 Saddle References: pages 5/4 to 5/9 Class/Type 8903 LF 8903 LXF 8903 LF 8903 LXF 8903 SMF 8903 SMF 1 8903 SMF 1/2/3/4 8903 SMF 1 8903 SPF 1/2/3/4 8903 SPF 1 8903 SPF 1/2/3/4 8903 SPF 1 8903 SQF Variants F/R6/Y48 F/R6/Y48 A3/A12/C/C6/P A3/A12/C/C6/P A12/C/C6/P/X X N A3/C/C6/N/P/R6 A12/C/C6/P/X X N A3/C/C6/N/P/R6 – F 278 278 – – 233 233 – – 278 278 – – – G 130 130 – – 114 114 – – 130 130 – – – Lighting Contactors Dimensions (continued) 0 0 Multipole lighting contactors Types L, LX and S Class 8903 Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch) 8903 LG/LXG/SpG Class/Type 8903 LG 8903 LXG 8903 LG 8903 LXG 8903 LG 8903 LXG 8903 SMG 1/2/3/4 8903 SMG 1 8903 SMG 1/2/3/4 8903 SMG 1 8903 SMG 1 8903 SPG 1/2/3/4 8903 SPG 8903 SPG 1 8903 SQG 1/2 8903 SQG 10/11 8903 SQG 1/2 8903 SQG 10/11 8903 SQG 3/4 8903 SQG 12/13 8903 SQG 3/4 8903 SQG 12/13 8903 SQG 3/4 8903 SQG 12/13 8903 SVG 8903 SXG 8903 SYG 8903 SZG 8903 SJG Variants A3/A12/C/C6/F/R6/Y48 A3/A12/C/C6/F/R6/Y48 P P K14/K141/K142 K14/K141/K142 A12/C/C6/P/X X N N/R6 A3/C/C6/P A12/C/C6/P/X N/R6 A3/C/C6/P/X A12/C/C6/F/P/X F/X N/R6/Kppp A3/C/C6/N/R6/Kppp A12/C/C6/F/P/X F/X Kppp A3/C/C6 N/R6 N/R6 – – – – – Width 198 198 302 302 406 406 152 152 378 378 206 198 378 206 286 286 461 461 286 286 461 461 563 563 563 437 513 513 876 Class/Type 8903 LA 8903 LXA 8903 LA 8903 LXA 8903 SMA 1/2/3/4 8903 SMA 1 8903 SMA 1/2/3/4 8903 SMA 1 8903 SPA 1/2/3/4 8903 SPA 1 8903 SPA 1/2/3/4 8903 SPA 1 8903 SQA 1/2 8903 SQA 10/11 8903 SQA 3/4 8903 SQA 12/13 8903 SQA 3/4 8903 SQA 12/13 8903 SVA 8903 SXA 8903 SYA 8903 SZA Variants F/R6/Y48 F/R6/Y48 A3/A12/C/C6/P A3/A12/C/C6/P A12/C/C6/P/X F/P/X N/R6 A3/C/C6/N/P/R6 A12/C/C6/P/X A3/C/C6/P/X N/R6 A3/C/C6/N/P/R6 A12/C/C6/F/N/R6/P/X A3/C/C6/F/N/P/R6/X A12/C/C6/F/N/P/Kppp A3/C/C6/P/Kppp N/R6/Kppp N/R6/Kppp – – – – A 206 206 302 302 162 162 378 378 206 206 378 378 461 461 461 461 563 563 563 437 513 513 Height 322 322 302 302 559 559 254 254 359 359 359 322 359 359 639 639 740 740 639 639 740 740 994 994 994 1123 1670 1670 2362 Depth 153 153 189 189 181 181 134 134 192 192 247 153 192 247 288 288 234 234 288 288 234 234 260 260 260 325 333 333 597 5 8903 LA/LXA/SpA D A E D G F C G B J (1) I H (1) 4 diameter mounting holes B 216 216 197 197 217 217 200 200 236 236 200 200 234 234 234 234 260 260 260 339 330 330 C D 400 40 400 40 343 97 343 97 324 40 324 40 406 65 406 65 406 40 406 40 400 65 400 65 800 78 800 78 800 78 800 78 1054 78 1054 78 1054 78 1193 104 1651 104 1651 104 E 127 127 108 108 83 83 248 248 127 127 248 248 305 305 305 305 406 406 406 229 305 305 F G 381 8 381 8 324 10 324 10 305 10 305 10 381 13 381 13 381 13 381 13 381 10 381 10 775 13 775 13 775 13 775 13 1029 13 1029 13 1029 15 1168 13 1625 13 1625 13 H 54 54 125 125 90 90 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 117 135 135 I 375 375 460 460 318 318 540 540 391 391 540 540 678 678 678 678 805 805 805 719 784 784 J 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 14 18 18 8903 SJA B C 8903 SJA A 2362 B 876 C 597 A General, characteristics: pages 5/2 and 5/3 References: pages 5/4 to 5/9 5/11 6/0 Contents 6 - Manual Starters and Switches b Manual starters and switches v General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/2 v Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/3 b Single units Type F v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/4 b Duplex units Type F v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/5 b Non-reversing Type K v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/6 b Integral motor power non-reversing Types T and M v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/8 b Reversing drum switches v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/9 b Manual starters and switches v Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/9 v Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/10 6 6/1 General 0 Manual Starters and Switches Manual starters Class 2510 Manual switches Class 2510 Reversing drum switches Class 2601 Manual starters Class 2510 531176 Type F fractional motor power starters provide overload protection as well as manual "On-Off" control for small motors in a variety of industrial and commercial installations. Typical applications include fans, conveyors, pumps and small machine tools. They are available in single- or 2-pole versions. Both single- and 2-pole versions are suitable for use with single-phase a motors rated up to 1 hp. 2-pole starters may also be used with c motors rated up to 0.75 hp. Note: Manual starters include motor overload protection. After tripping, the overload relay must be reset before the motor can restart. Single units Type F b Basic starters. b Starters with handle guard/lock-off. 2510 FG 2P Duplex units Type F b One starter in duplex enclosure. b Two starters in one enclosure. b Starters and "AUTO-OFF-HAND" selector switch. Manual switches Class 2510 531177 531178 Type K motor-starting switches provide manual "On-Off" control of single- or 3-phase a motors, where overload protection is not required or is provided separately. These devices are suitable for use with 3-phase a motors rated up to 20 hp. Compact construction and a 600 V rating make these switches suitable for a wide range of industrial and commercial uses. Typical applications include small machine tools, pumps, fans, conveyors and many other types of electrical machinery. They may also be used on non-motor loads such as resistance heaters. Note: Manual switches do not include motor overload or low-voltage protection. Should the power fail, the contacts will remain closed, and upon re-energization, the motor will restart immediately. Non-reversing Type K b With toggle operator. b With removable key. 6 2510 KO 2 2510 KG 1A Types T and M integral motor power manual starters provide convenient "On-Off" operation of small single-phase, 3-phase or c motors. Typical applications include small machine tools, pumps, fans and conveyors. They feature toggle or push button operators and reliable overload protection. Pilot lights and auxiliary contacts are available. b Toggle (T) or push button (M) operators. b Reliable overload protection. b Pilot light and auxiliary contact available. 531180 531179 Integral Horsepower non-reversing Types T and M 2510 MBA 1 2601 AG2 References: pages 6/4 to 6/9 6/2 Reversing drum switches Class 2601 Reversing drum switches are designed to start and reverse motors by connecting them directly across-the-line. The devices may be used with squirrel-cage motors; single-phase a motors designed for reversing service; and series, shunt and compound c motors. The applications should be such that across-the-line starting of the motors is not objectionable, unless other means is provided for limiting starting current and torque. Class 2601 drum switches are field convertible from maintained to pulsed operation. The reversing drum switches are suited to manual reversing control applications, such as machine tools, woodworking machines and similar types of equipment. Examples include lathes, milling machines, planers, grinders, shapers and boring mills. Other possible applications include door operators, small hoists and conveyor belts. Note: Reversing drum switches do not include motor overload or low-voltage protection. Should the power fail, the contacts will remain closed, and upon reenergization, the motor will restart immediately; however, if the drum switch is assembled for pulsed operation, the handle will stay in the selected position, and the handle position will determine the motor state. 531181 2510 TBG 1 Dimensions: pages 6/10 and 6/11 0 Characteristics 0 Manual Starters and Switches 0 Manual starters Class 2510 Manual switches Class 2510 Reversing drum switches Class 2601 Environment Class Type Conforming to standards °C °C 2510/2601 F/K/T/M UL UL CSA 0…+ 40 0…+ 40 V A 2510 F a 277 maximum (single- or 2-pole); c 230 maximum (2-pole only) 16 Enclosed unit Open unit Product certifications Ambient air temperature around the device Storage Operation Electrical characteristics Class Type Voltage rating Continuous current rating Maximum Horsepower 115–230 V a Single-phase 277 V c a Single-phase c Class Type Number of poles Number of phases Voltage rating Continuous current rating Maximum motor power a rating Single-pole 2-pole 2-pole only Single-pole 2-pole 2-pole only hp/kW hp/kW hp/kW hp/kW hp/kW hp/kW V A 115 V 230 V 460 V 575 V 90 V 115 V 230 V c rating hp/kW hp/kW hp/kW hp/kW hp/kW hp/kW hp/kW V V Screw clamp Screw clamp terminal terminal #14–#8 #14–#8 Screw clamp Screw clamp terminal terminal #16–#12 #16–#12 2601 AG2/AG2 S2/BG1/BG1 S4 a 600 maximum; c 250 maximum Type of lug Auxiliary interlock terminals Wire Size (min.-max.) Type of lug Wire Size (min.-max.) Class Type Voltage rating References: pages 6/4 to 6/9 Kpp5 2 Single phase 2/1.5 2/1.5 2/1.5 2/1.5 7.5/5.6 3/2.2 3/2.2 10/7.5 7.5/5.6 3/2.2 10/7.5 10/7.5 1/0.75 1/0.75 1/0.75 2/1.5 2/1.5 2/1.5 1.5/1.1 1.5/1.1 1.5/1.1 2510 TBp p/MBp p TCp p/MCp p MCp 2 Available in NEMA Sizes M-0, M-1 and M-1P a : 2-pole single-phase; 3-pole 3-phase c : 2-pole (without low voltage protection only) a 600 maximum; c 250 maximum Class Type Size Number of poles Voltage rating Terminals Power terminals 1/0.75 1/0.75 0.75/0.55 1/0.75 1/0.75 – 2510 Kpp1/Kpp3 Kpp2/Kpp4 2 3 Single phase Three phase a 600 maximum; c 230 maximum 30 at 600 V maximum Kpp6 3 Three phase 2/1.5 7.5/5.6 15/11.2 20/14.9 1/0.75 2/1.5 1.5/1.1 6 Box lug #14–#6 Screw clamp terminal #16–#12 Dimensions: pages 6/10 and 6/11 6/3 References 0 Manual Starters and Switches 0 Manual starters Class 2510 Single units Type F Type of operator Number of poles Features Enclosure type Specification (2) Reference Weight kg (lb) 1 Standard Open NEMA 1 2510 FO 1 2510 FG 1 2510 FGJ 1 2510 FF 1 2510 FS 1 0.14 (0.32) 0.35 (0.72) 0.49 (1.08) 0.19 (0.42) 0.20 (0.44) 2510 FO 1P 2510 FG 1P 2510 FGJ 1P 2510 FF 1P 2510 FS 1P 0.15 (0.33) 0.36 (0.80) 0.50 (1.12) 0.20 (0.46) 0.20 (0.46) 2510 FSJ 1P 0.36 (0.80) 2510 FO 2 2510 FG 2 2510 FGJ 2 2510 FF 2 2510 FS 2 0.15 (0.33) 0.36 (0.80) 0.50 (1.11) 0.20 (0.46) 0.20 (0.46) 2510 FO 2P 2510 FG 2P 2510 FGJ 2P 2510 FF 2P 2510 FS 2P 0.16 (0.35) 0.35 (0.78) 0.52 (1.15) 0.22 (0.50) 0.20 (0.45) 2510 FSJ 2P 0.20 (0.45) 2510 FO 3 2510 FG 3 2510 FGJ 3 2510 FF 3 2510 FS 3 0.15 (0.33) 0.35 (0.79) 0.36 (0.80) 0.22 (0.50) 0.20 (0.45) 2510 FO 3P 2510 FG 3P 2510 FGJ 3P 2510 FF 3P 2510 FS 3P 0.18 (0.40) 0.38 (0.84) 0.36 (0.80) 0.20 (0.46) 0.21 (0.48) 2510 FSJ 3P 0.20 (0.45) 2510 FO 4 2510 FG 4 2510 FGJ 4 2510 FF 4 2510 FS 4 0.18 (0.40) 0.36 (0.80) 0.36 (0.80) 0.22 (0.50) 0.20 (0.45) 2510 FO 4P 2510 FG 4P 2510 FGJ 4P 2510 FF 4P 2510 FS 4P 0.36 (0.80) 0.36 (0.80) 0.36 (0.80) 0.22 (0.50) 0.20 (0.45) 2510 FSJ 4P 0.20 (0.45) Basic starters 531176 Toggle operator (1) General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) With red pilot light Open NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) 2510 FG 2P 2 Standard Open NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) With red pilot light Open Type NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) Removable key (1) 1 Standard Open NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) 6 With red pilot light Open NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) 2 Standard Open NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) With red pilot light Open NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) (1) One thermal unit required. (2) Open: no enclosure, NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure surface mounting. General, characteristics: pages 6/2 and 6/3 6/4 Dimensions: pages 6/10 and 6/11 – Standard Oversized Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate – Standard Oversized Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate Jumbo stainless steel flush plate – Standard Oversized Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate – Standard Oversized Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate Jumbo stainless steel flush plate – Standard Oversized Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate – Standard Oversized Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate Jumbo stainless steel flush plate – Standard Oversized Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate – Standard Oversized Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate Jumbo stainless steel flush plate References (continued) 0 Manual Starters and Switches 0 Manual starters Class 2510 Single units Type F (continued) Type of operator Number of poles Features Enclosure type Specification (2) Reference Weight kg (lb) Standard NEMA 1 (3) With red pilot light NEMA 1 (3) Standard NEMA 1 (3) With red pilot light NEMA 1 (3) Standard Oversized Standard Oversized Standard Oversized Standard Oversized 2510 FG 5 2510 FGJ 5 2510 FG 5P 2510 FGJ 5P 2510 FG 6 2510 FGJ 6 2510 FG 6P 2510 FGJ 6P 0.36 (0.80) 0.50 (1.11) 0.37 (0.82) 0.52 (1.15) 0.37 (0.82) 0.51 (1.13) 0.38 (0.84) 0.53 (1.17) Standard Standard Standard 2510 FG 02 2510 FG 02P 2510 FG 04P 0.50 (1.10) 0.51 (1.12) 0.51 (1.12) Standard Grey flush plate 2510 FG 22 2510 FF 22 0.70 (1.54) 0.70 (1.54) 2510 FG 22P 2510 FF 22P 2510 FS 22P 0.70 (1.54) 0.70 (1.54) 0.70 (1.54) 2510 FG 44P 2510 FF 44P 2510 FS 44P 0.70 (1.54) 0.70 (1.54) 0.70 (1.54) 2510 FG 71 2510 FF 71 0.81 (1.79) 0.73 (1.61) 2510 FG 71P 2510 FF 71P 2510 FS 71P 0.72 (1.59) 0.80 (1.76) 0.80 (1.76) 2510 FG 72 2510 FF 72 0.80 (1.76) 0.80 (1.76) 2510 FG 72P 2510 FF 72P 2510 FS 72P 0.80 (1.76) 0.80 (1.76) 0.80 (1.76) 2510 FG 74P 2510 FF 74P 2510 FS 74P 0.80 (1.76) 0.80 (1.76) 0.80 (1.76) Starters with handle guard/lock-off Toggle operator (1) 1 2 Duplex units Type F One starter in duplex enclosure Toggle operator (1) 2 Removable key (1) 2 Standard With red pilot light With red pilot light NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 1 Two starters in one enclosure Toggle operator (1) Removable key (4) 2 for each starter 2 for each starter Standard NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) With red pilot light on NEMA 1 each starter General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) Standard Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate With red pilot light on NEMA 1 Standard each starter General purpose Grey flush plate flush mounting Standard stainless (without pull box) steel flush plate Starters and "AUTO-OFF-HAND" selector switch (a only) Toggle operator (1) 1 Standard With red pilot light 2 Standard With red pilot light Removable key (1) 2 With red pilot light NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) Standard Grey flush plate Standard Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate NEMA 1 Standard General purpose Grey flush plate flush mounting (without pull box) NEMA 1 Standard General purpose Grey flush plate flush mounting Standard stainless (without pull box) steel flush plate NEMA 1 Standard General purpose Grey flush plate flush mounting Standard stainless (without pull box) steel flush plate (1) One thermal unit required. (2) NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure surface mounting. (3) For general purpose flush mounting enclosure (without pull box), order basic starter plus separate handle guard kit, reference is 2510 FL1. (4) Two thermal units required. General, characteristics: pages 6/2 and 6/3 Dimensions: pages 6/10 and 6/11 6/5 6 References 0 Manual Starters and Switches 0 Manual starters Class 2510 Non-reversing Type K (1) Type of operator Toggle operator Number of poles 2 Features Standard 531177 With red pilot light a 115 V With red pilot light a 230 V 2510 KG 1A 531178 3 Enclosure type (2) Open NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) Open NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) Open NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) Standard Open NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) With red pilot light a 208…277 V Open NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) 2510 KO 2 With red pilot light a 440…600 V 6 2 Standard With red pilot light a 115 V With red pilot light a 230 V 3 Standard With red pilot light a 115 V With red pilot light a 230 V Open NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) Open NEMA 1 Open NEMA 1 Open NEMA 1 Open NEMA 1 Open NEMA 1 Open NEMA 1 Specification Reference – Standard Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate – Standard Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate Jumbo stainless steel flush plate – Standard Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate Jumbo stainless steel flush plate – Standard Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate – Standard Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate Jumbo stainless steel flush plate – Standard Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate Jumbo stainless steel flush plate – Standard – Standard – Standard – Standard – Standard – Standard 2510 KO 1 2510 KG 1 2510 KF 1 2510 KS 1 Weight kg (lb) 0.15 (0.35) 0.38 (0.85) 0.22 (0.50) 0.20 (0.46) 2510 KO 1A (3) 2510 KG 1A 2510 KF 1A 2510 KS 1A 0.16 (0.37) 0.38 (0.84) 0.30 (0.66) 0.23 (0.52) 2510 KSJ 1A 0.30 (0.66) 2510 KO 1B (3) 2510 KG 1B 2510 KF 1B 2510 KS 1B 0.18 (0.39) 0.38 (0.84) 0.30 (0.66) 0.30 (0.66) 2510 KSJ 1B 0.30 (0.66) 2510 KO 2 2510 KG 2 2510 KF 2 2510 KS 2 0.18 (0.39) 0.30 (0.66) 0.30 (0.66) 0.30 (0.66) 2510 KO 2B (3) 2510 KG 2B 2510 KF 2B 2510 KS 2B 0.20 (0.44) 0.39 (0.86) 0.30 (0.66) 0.30 (0.66) 2510 KSJ 2B 0.30 (0.66) 2510 KO 2C (3) 2510 KG 2C 2510 KF 2C 2510 KS 2C 0.18 (0.40) 0.40 (0.88) 0.30 (0.66) 0.30 (0.66) 2510 KSJ 2C 0.30 (0.66) 2510 KO 5 2510 KG 5 2510 KO 5A 2510 KG 5A 2510 KO 5B 2510 KG 5B 2510 KO 6 2510 KG 6 2510 KO 6B 2510 KG 6B 2510 KO 6C 2510 KG 6C 0.17 (0.38) 0.34 (0.75) 0.30 (0.66) 0.30 (0.66) 0.30 (0.66) 0.30 (0.66) 0.17 (0.39) 0.39 (0.87) 0.20 (0.44) 0.30 (0.66) 0.30 (0.66) 0.40 (0.88) (1) See motor power ratings table page 6/3. (2) Open: no enclosure, NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure surface mounting. (3) Do not use as replacement parts for devices. For replacement unit, order Type 2510 KO 1 or 2510 KO 2 and separate pilot light kit, see page 6/9. General, characteristics: pages 6/2 and 6/3 6/6 Dimensions: pages 6/10 and 6/11 References (continued) 0 Manual Starters and Switches 0 Manual starters Class 2510 Non-reversing Type K (continued) (1) Type of operator Removable key Number of poles 2 Features Standard With red pilot light a 115 V With red pilot light a 230 V 3 Enclosure type (2) Open NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) Open NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) Open NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) Standard Open NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) With red pilot light a 208…277 V Open NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) With red pilot light a 440…600 V Open NEMA 1 General purpose flush mounting (without pull box) Specification Reference – Standard Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate – Standard Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate Jumbo stainless steel flush plate – Standard Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate Jumbo stainless steel flush plate – Standard Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate – Standard Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate Jumbo stainless steel flush plate – Standard Grey flush plate Standard stainless steel flush plate Jumbo stainless steel flush plate 2510 KO 3 2510 KG 3 2510 KF 3 2510 KS 3 Weight kg (lb) 0.16 (0.35) 0.40 (0.88) 0.30 (0.66) 0.30 (0.66) 2510 KO 3A 2510 KG 3A 2510 KF 3A 2510 KS 3A 0.17 (0.37) 0.40 (0.88) 0.30 (0.66) 0.30 (0.66) 2510 KSJ 3A 0.30 (0.66) 2510 KO 3B 2510 KG 3B 2510 KF 3B 2510 KS 3B 0.16 (0.35) 0.40 (0.88) 0.30 (0.66) 0.30 (0.66) 2510 KSJ 3B 0.30 (0.66) 2510 KO 4 2510 KG 4 2510 KF 4 2510 KS 4 0.18 (0.39) 0.39 (0.87) 0.22 (0.50) 0.25 (0.55) 2510 KO 4B 2510 KG 4B 2510 KF 4B 2510 KS 4B 0.18 (0.39) 0.40 (0.88) 0.30 (0.66) 0.30 (0.66) 2510 KSJ 4B 0.30 (0.66) 2510 KO 4C 2510 KG 4C 2510 KF 4C 2510 KS 4C 0.20 (0.44) 0.40 (0.88) 0.30 (0.66) 0.30 (0.66) 2510 KSJ 4C 0.30 (0.66) (1) See motor power ratings table page 6/3. (2) Open: no enclosure, NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure surface mounting. General, characteristics: pages 6/2 and 6/3 Dimensions: pages 6/10 and 6/11 6/7 6 References 0 Manual Starters and Switches 0 Manual starters Class 2510 Integral Horsepower non-reversing Types T and M Type Number of of operator poles 531179 Toggle operator a2 a3 c2 2510 TBG 1 a2 531180 Pushbutton a3 NEMA Size M-0 Ratings Motor voltage V 115 230 Max. power 3-phase hp/kW – Single-phase hp/kW 1/0.75 2/1.5 M-1 115 230 – 2/1.5 3/2.2 M-1P 115 230 – 3/2.2 5/3.7 M-0 200…230, 380…575 3/2.2 (230 V), 5/3.7 (575 V) – M-1 200…230, 380…575 7.5/5.5 (230 V), – 10/7.5 (575 V) M-0 115 230 1/0.75 1.5/1.1 1/0.75 1.5/1.1 M-1 115 230 1.5/1.1 2/1.5 1.5/1.1 2/1.5 M-0 115 230 – 1/0.75 2/1.5 M-1 115 230 – 2/1.5 3/2.2 M-1P 115 230 – 3/2.2 5/3.7 M-0 200…230, 380…575 3/2.2 (230 V), 5/3.7 (575 V) – M-1 200…230, 380…575 7.5/5.5 (230 V), – 10/7.5 (575 V) M-0 115 230 1/0.75 1.5/1.1 1/0.75 1.5/1.1 M-1 115 230 1.5/1.1 2/1.5 1.5/1.1 2/1.5 2510 MBA 1 c2 6 Enclosure type (1) Reference Open NEMA 1 Open NEMA 1 Open NEMA 1 Open NEMA 1 Open NEMA 1 Open NEMA 1 Open NEMA 1 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 Open NEMA 1 NEMA 12 2510 TBO 1 2510 TBG 1 (2) 2510 TCO 1 2510 TCG 1 2510 TCO 2 2510 TCG 2 2510 TBO 2 2510 TBG 2 (2) 2510 TCO 3 2510 TCG 3 2510 TBO 4 2510 TBG 4 2510 TCO 5 2510 TCG 5 2510 MBO 1 2510 MBG 1 (2) 2510 MBA 1 (3) 2510 MCO 1 2510 MCG 1 2510 MCA 1 2510 MCO 2 2510 MCG 2 2510 MCA 2 2510 MBO 2 2510 MBG 2 (2) 2510 MBA 2 (3) 2510 MCO 3 2510 MCG 3 2510 MCA 3 2510 MBO 4 2510 MBG 4 2510 MBA 4 2510 MCO 5 2510 MCG 5 2510 MCA 5 Weight kg (lb) 1 (3) 2 (5) 1 (3) 2 (5) 1 (3) 2 (5) 1 (3) 2 (5) 1 (3) 2 (5) 1 (3) 2 (5) 1 (3) 2 (5) 1 (3) 2 (5) 4 (9) 1 (3) 2 (5) 4 (9) 1 (3) 2 (5) 4 (9) 1 (3) 2 (5) 4 (9) 1 (3) 2 (5) 4 (9) 1 (3) 2 (5) 4 (9) 1 (3) 2 (5) 4 (9) (1) Open: no enclosure. NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure surface mounting. NEMA 12: dust-tight and drip-tight industrial-use enclosure. (2) For a NEMA 1 enclosed starter approved for group motor installations, order a loom switch: 2-pole 2510 TBL 1, 3-pole 2510 TBL 2. Loom switch w/LVP: 2-pole 2510 TBL 21, 3-pole 2510 TBL 22. (3) Approved for group motor installations per NEC 430-53(c). General, characteristics: pages 6/2 and 6/3 6/8 Dimensions: pages 6/10 and 6/11 References 0 Manual Starters and Switches 0 Reversing drum switches Class 2601 Accessories for manual starters Class 2510 Reversing drum switches Voltage Standard power ratings a single-phase a 3-phase hp kW hp kW V Reference c hp kW Weight kg (lb) NEMA 1 general purpose enclosure 531181 115 200/230 230 460/575 115 200/230 230 460/575 1.5 – 2 – 1.5 – 3 5 1.1 – 1.5 – 1.1 – 2.2 3.7 – 2 – 2 – 5 – 7.5 – 1.5 – 1.5 – 3.7 – 5.5 0.25 – 0.25 – 2 – 2 – 0.185 – 0.185 – 1.5 – 1.5 – 2601 AG2 0.6 (1.32) 2601 BG1 1.1 (2.38) – 2 – 2 – 5 – 7.5 – 1.5 – 1.5 – 3.7 – 5.5 0.25 – 0.25 – 2 – 2 – 0.185 – 0.185 – 1.5 – 1.5 – 2601 AG2 S2 0.6 (1.32) 2601 BG1 S4 1.1 (2.38) NEMA 1 maintained and pulsed (1) 2601 AG2 115 200/230 230 460/575 115 200/230 230 460/575 1.5 – 2 – 1.5 – 3 5 1.1 – 1.5 – 1.1 – 2.2 3.7 Kits Replacement contact kits (for manual starters, Types T and M Class 2510) Type Replacement contact kits NEMA Size M-0 M-1 M-1P Series Number of poles Service bulletin Reference A or B A or B A or B 2 or 3 2 or 3 2 312AS 312AS 312AS 9998 ML1 9998 ML2 9998 ML2 Weight kg (lb) – – – Pilot light kits (for manual starters, Types F and K Class 2510) Type Pilot light kits For use on Voltage 2510 FF/FG a/c 115–240 V Pilot light Red Green 2510 KF/KG a 110–120 V Red (2) Green a 208–227 V Red Green a 440–600 V Red Green (1) Maintained-"Forward". Pulsed-"Reverse". Not field convertible. (2) Lens cannot be replaced. General, characteristics: pages 6/2 and 6/3 Reference 9998 PL10 9998 PL10G 9998 PL11 9998 PL11G 9998 PL12 9998 PL12G 9998 PL13 9998 PL13G Weight kg (lb) – – – – – – – – Dimensions: pages 6/10 and 6/11 6/9 6 Manual Starters and Switches Dimensions 0 Manual starters Class 2510 Manual switches Class 2510 Dimensions are inch -----------mm 2510 FO 1/1P/2 (Open) (1) 2510 KO 1/1A/2/2B/2C, 2510 KO 5/5A/5B/6/6B/6C (Open) (1) (2) (2) 1.69 43 1.69 43 .84 21 .84 21 2.38 60 3.28 83 3.28 83 4.13 105 1.59 40 2.38 60 4.13 105 2.22 56 1.70 43 (1) 2 mounting holes for #6-32 screws. (2) Pilot light. 2.34 60 (1) 2 mounting holes for #6-32 screws. (2) Pilot light. 2510 FG/KG (NEMA 1 Surface mounting) 2510 FG 0pp/2pp/44P/7pp (NEMA 1) (1) (1) (2) 3.00 76 2.75 70 2.88 73 OFF 1.63 41 2.44 62 OFF 4.25 108 2.75 70 2.88 73 (2) 38 10 1.88 48 0.56 14 0.41 10 4.50 114 1.88 48 3.00 76 4.25 108 56 14 2.56 65 2.63 3.81 67 97 1.06 27 (3) 1.06 27 6 OFF (1) 4 x 0.25" diameter mounting holes. (2) Pilot light. (3) 1/2 -3/4" conduit knockout, both ends. (3) (1) 2 x 0.25" diameter mounting holes 25/6. (2) Pilot light. (3) 1/2 -3/4" conduit knockout, both ends. 2510 FF/FS/FSJ/KF/KS/KSJ (NEMA 1 Flush mounting) OFF C 2.56 65 .50 13 B 1.78 45 (1) 0.75 19 A 0.91 23 1.69 43 (1) Pilot light. General, characteristics: pages 6/2 and 6/3 6/10 References: pages 6/4 to 6/9 .66 17 (2) A 2510 FF 1/1P/2/2P 36.5 2510 FS 1/1P/2/2P 36.5 2510 FSJ 1P/2P 36.5 2510 FF 3/4/4P 36.5 2510 FS 3/3P/4/4P 36.5 2510 FSJ 3P/4P 36.5 2510 KF 1/1A/1B/2/2B/2C 44.5 2510 KS 1/1A/1B/2/2B/2C 44.5 2510 KSJ 1A/1B/2B/2C 44.5 2510 KF 3/3A/3B/4/4B/4C 44.5 2510 KS 3/3A/3B/4/4B/4C 44.5 2510 KSJ 3A/4B/4C 44.5 (2) Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch). B 69.9 69.9 88.9 69.9 69.9 88.9 69.9 69.9 88.9 69.9 69.9 88.9 C 114.3 114.3 133.4 114.3 114.3 133.4 114.3 114.3 133.4 114.3 114.3 133.4 0 Manual Starters and Switches Dimensions (continued) 0 Dimensions are inch -----------mm 0 Manual starters Class 2510 Manual switches Class 2510 Reversing drum switches Class 2601 2510 FF 22/44/7p, 2510 FS 22/44/7p (General purpose flush mounting plate) OFF OFF C 2.56 65 A 0.75 19 0.91 23 D (1) (2) A 2510 FF 22/22P 133.4 2510 FS 22P 4.6 2510 FF 44P 133.4 2510 FS 44P 4.6 2510 FF 71/71P/72/72P 133.4 2510 FS 71P/72P 4.6 2510 FF 74P 133.4 2510 FS 74P 4.6 (2) Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch). B 95.3 88.9 95.3 88.9 19.1 88.9 95.3 88.9 C 133.4 114.3 133.4 114.3 133.4 114.3 133.4 114.3 D 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 50.8 50.8 50.8 50.8 B (1) Pilot light. 2510 TpO p/MpO p (Open) 2510 TCG 2/MCG 2 (NEMA 1) Sizes M-0, M-1 and M-1P .28 3.50 7 1.75 89 Size M-1P 3.38 4.03 .94 24 102 44 86 1.69 .88 .22 8 22 43 5.00 127 1.08 27 1.00 1.25 25 32 (1) 5.13 10.00 8.13 5.72 207 145 1.13 (1) 264 130 (2) 29 1.00 1.00 .69 1.13 18 24 3.97 152 101 1.08 27 (1) 3 x 0.22 diameter mounting holes. (2) 6 x 0.50 - 0.75 knockouts (3) 1 x 0.50 - 0.75 knockouts (4) 2 x 0.75 - 1.00 knockouts Top and bottom. (1) 3 prov. for #10 mounting screws. (2) Travel to reset. 2510 TBG p/TCG p/MBG p/MCG p (NEMA 1) Sizes M-0 and M-1 2510 MpA p (NEMA 12) Sizes M-0, M-1 and M-1P 8 1.06 5.78 3.91 .22 2.13 54 (3) (4) 4.13 105 6.00 .94 11 29 25 25 .44 (2) (1) 22 27 147 1.27 1.02 3.25 32 26 83 1.31(4) (2) 6 33 .38 10 1.14 29 (1) 8.63 .47 (4) 273 5.75 (1) 12 10.75 (2) 219 10.00 148 10.92 254 277 (4) 1.44 37 1.00 25 3.00 76 5.00 (3) 1.02 127 26 (1) 4 x 0.22 diameter mounting holes. (2) 0.50 - 0.75 knockouts Each side. (3) 1 x 0.50 - 0.75 knockouts and 2 x 0.75 - 1.00 knockouts 2.89 73 (3) (4) 5.76 148 (1) 2 x 0.31 diameter mounting holes. (2) 0.75 conduit hub top and bottom. (3) 2 x 0.31 wide slots. (4) NEMA 4 only. 2601 AG2/AG2 S2/BG1/BG1 S4 (NEMA 1) 5.38 4.00 137 102 2.68 2.91 68 74 4.61 117 (1) (1) 2 x 0.50" knockouts General, characteristics: pages 6/2 and 6/3 References: pages 6/4 to 6/9 6/11 7/0 Contents 7 - Accessories b Separate enclosures v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/2 b Magnetic coils v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/8 b Replacement parts kits v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/12 b Cover-mounted control units v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/14 b Auxiliary contacts v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/18 b Power-pole adder kits, Timer attachments, Control circuit fuse holders, Transient suppression modules v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/20 b Compression lugs, Terminal blocks v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/21 7 7/1 References Accessories for Heavy Industrial NEMA Style Controls 0 Separate enclosures DF 531381 NEMA 1 rated (general purpose) separate enclosures 9991 SCG 8 The NEMA 1 rated general purpose separate enclosures listed below, when used with open style components, are equivalent to a standard factory-assembled control device. For use with Type Number of poles Reference Weight kg (lb) Manual starters 2510 F, 2510 K All 9991 EN 1 0.2 (0.5) 2510 M (Sizes M-0 and M-1) All 9991 MG 1 1.1 (2.4) 2510 M (Size M-1P) All 9991 MG 2 0.5 (1) Contactors 8502 SAO/SBO/SCO 2…4 9991 SCG 7 1.8 (4) 8502 SDO 2…4 9991 SDG 7 3.6 (8) 8502 SEO 2…4 9991 SEG 7 10.4 (23) 8502 SFO 2…4 9991 SFG 8 15.4 (34) Starters 8536 SAO/SBO/SCO 2…4 9991 SCG 8 1.8 (4) 8536 SDO 2…4 9991 SDG 8 3.6 (8) 8536 SEO 2…4 9991 SEG 8 (1) 10.4 (23) 8536 SFO 2…4 9991 SFG 8 (1) 15.4 (34) 8536 SGO 3 9991 SGG 8 (1) (5) 51 (112) Lighting contactors 8903 LO, 8903 LXO All 9991 LXG 1 (6) 3.6 (8) 8903 SMO All 9991 SCG 7 (2) 1.8 (4) 8903 SPO All 9991 SDG 7 (2) 3.6 (8) 8903 SQO All 9991 SFG 8 (2) 15.4 (34) 8903 SVO All 9991 SFG 4 16.3 (36) Definite purpose 8910 DP 1…2 9991 DPG 1 1.1 (2.5) contactors 8910 DPA 12/13/22/23, 2…3 9991 DPG 1 1.1 (2.5) 8910 DPA 32/33/42/43 8910 DPA 14/24/34/44, 2…4 9991 DPG 2 1.8 (4) 8910 DPA 52/53 8910 DPA 62/63 2…3 9991 DPG 3 3.6 (8) 8910 DPA 72/73/92/93, 2…3 9991 DPG 4 10.4 (23) 8910 DPA 122/123 Reversing contactors 8702 SAO/SBO/SCO All 9991 SCG 9 (3) 7.3 (16) 8702 SDO All 9991 SDG 9 (3) 10.9 (24) Reversing starters 8736 SAO/SBO/SCO All 9991 SCG 9 7.3 (16) 8736 SDO All 9991 SDG 9 10.9 (24) DF 531382 NEMA 12 rated (dust-tight and drip-tight) separate enclosures 7 9991 SCA 11 Dimensions: pages 7/6 and 7/7 7/2 Separate enclosures can be used with open-style devices for field assembly of enclosed controls. These enclosures, plus the open style components, are equivalent to a factory-assembled device. For use with Type NEMA Size or Number of Reference Weight current rating closing plates kg (lb) Manual starters 2510 MBO, 2510 MCO M-0, M-1, M-1P – 9991 MA 1 2.3 (5) Contactors (4) 8502 SAO/SBO/SCO 0, 1 2 9991 SCA 11 4.5 (10) 8502 SDO 2 2 9991 SDA 11 6.8 (15) 8502 SEO 3 3 9991 SEA 11 23.1 (51) 8502 SFO 4 3 9991 SFA 11 23.1 (51) Starters 8536 SAO/SBO/SCO 0, 1 2 9991 SCA 11 4.5 (10) 8536 SDO 2 2 9991 SDA 11 6.8 (15) 8536 SEO 3 3 9991 SEA 11 (1) 23.1 (51) 8536 SFO 4 3 9991 SFA 11 (1) 23.1 (51) Lighting contactors (4) 8903 LO, 8903 LXO 30 A 2 9991 SDA 11 6.8 (15) 8903 SMO 30 A 2 9991 SCA 11 4.5 (10) 8903 SPO 60 A 2 9991 SDA 11 6.8 (15) 8903 SQO 100 A 3 9991 SEA 11 (1) 23.1 (51) Reversing contactors (4) 8702 SAO/SBO/SCO 0, 1 3 9991 SCA 12 9.1 (20) 8702 SDO 2 3 9991 SDA 12 11.3 (25) Reversing starters 8736 SAO/SBO/SCO 0, 1 3 9991 SCA 12 9.1 (20) 8736 SDO 2 3 9991 SDA 12 11.3 (25) (1) Enclosure suitable for starter with solid-state overload relays only. (2) For electrically held contactors only. (3) For horizontally arranged Class 8702 contactors and Class 8922 breakers, replace the reset assembly with a Class 9001 Type K51 closing plate. (4) For contactors, replace reset assembly with an appropriate closing plate; for NEMA 12 use Class 9001 Type K51 closing plate. (5) Series B starter enclosure. (6) If cover-mounted control units are required, select an oversized enclosure listed on page 7/4. References (continued) Accessories for Heavy Industrial NEMA Style Controls 0 Separate enclosures DF 531383 Flush-mounting separate enclosures 9991 SCF 2 Flush-mounting, general-purpose separate enclosures for Type S Sizes 0–2 (30–60 A) are provided with knock-outs in the cover for field assembly of one Class 9999 push button or selector switch kit and one Class 9999 pilot light kit. For Type S Size 3 (100 A), three closing plates are provided for installation of Class 9001 Type K oil-tight control units. For use with Type NEMA Size or Type Reference Weight current rating kg (lb) Manual starters 2510 MBO, 2510 MCO M-0, M-1, M-1P Flush plates standard 9991 MF 1 (1) 3.2 (7) 9991 MF 2 (2) 0.9 (2) Contactors 8502 SBO, 8502 SCO 0, 1 Standard 9991 SCF 11 4.5 (10) (3) Stainless steel (4) 9991 SCF 12 4.5 (10) Mounting strap 9991 SCF 2 3.6 (8) Pull box 9991 SCF 1 3.6 (8) 8502 SDO 2 Standard 9991 SDF 11 7.7 (17) Stainless steel (4) 9991 SDF 12 1.4 (3.1) Mounting strap 9991 SDF 2 4.5 (10) Pull box 9991 SDF 1 4.5 (10) 8502 SEO 3 Standard 9991 SEF 11 (5) 21.8 (48) Starters 8536 SBO, 8536 SCO 0, 1 Standard 9991 SCF 11 4.5 (10) Stainless steel (4) 9991 SCF 12 4.5 (10) Mounting strap 9991 SCF 2 3.6 (8) Pull box 9991 SCF 1 3.6 (8) 8536 SDO 2 Standard 9991 SDF 11 7.7 (17) Stainless steel (4) 9991 SDF 12 1.4 (3.1) Mounting strap 9991 SDF 2 4.5 (10) Pull box 9991 SDF 1 4.5 (10) Lighting contactors 8903 LO, 8903 LXO 30 A Standard 9991 SDF 13 7.7 (17) (3) Mounting strap 9991 SDF 2 4.5 (10) Pull box 9991 SDF 1 4.5 (10) 8903 SMO 1/2/3/4 30 A Standard 9991 SCF 11 4.5 (10) Mounting strap 9991 SCF 2 3.6 (8) Pull box 9991 SCF 1 3.6 (8) 8903 SMO 10/11/12/13 30 A Standard 9991 SCF 13 3.6 (8) Mounting strap 9991 SCF 2 3.6 (8) Pull box 9991 SCF 1 3.6 (8) 8903 SPO 1/2/3/4 60 A Standard 9991 SDF 11 7.7 (17) Mounting strap 9991 SDF 2 4.5 (10) Pull box 9991 SDF 1 4.5 (10) 8903 SPO 10/11/12/13 60 A Standard 9991 SDF 13 7.7 (17) Mounting strap 9991 SDF 2 4.5 (10) Pull box 9991 SDF 1 4.5 (10) 8903 SQO 100 A Standard 9991 SEF 11 (5) 21.8 (48) (1) With pull box and plaster adjustment. (2) Without pull box but with mounting strap. (3) For contactors, replace the reset assembly with an appropriate closing plate. For flush mounting, use Class 9999 Type SG2, except for Class 9991 Type SDF 11, which requires a Class 9001 Type K51 or K11 closing plate. Class 9991 Type SEF 11 is designed for contactors only; reset closing plates are not required. (4) The standard cabinet has a brushed finish. For electropolished finish, specify Form G16. Example: 9991 SCF 12 G16. (5) Enclosure complete. Dimensions: pages 7/6 and 7/7 7/3 7 Accessories for Heavy Industrial NEMA Style Controls References 0 Separate enclosures for addition of control circuit transformer, Control circuit transformers Separate enclosures for addition of control circuit transformer DF 531389 The Class 9991 enclosures listed below accept an open-type, Class 8502 or 8536 Type S, NEMA Size 0, 1, 1P or 2 contactor or starter, together with a fused-control circuit transformer (suffix F4T) to allow field assembly of enclosed controllers. In the cover of the Class 9991 Type SCG 1 enclosure, knock-outs are provided for field addition of Class 9999 cover-mounted control units. All other Class 8502 and 8536 enclosures include a panel with space and drilling for an open-type device and a fused control-circuit transformer. In addition, three closing plates are included in each cover for easy installation of Class 9001 Type K or SK control units. Oversized enclosures for open-type, Class 8903 Type L and LX and Type S (30 and 60 A), electrically and mechanically held lighting contactors include a panel with space and drilling for an open-type contactor and fused control-circuit transformer (suffix F4T) and/or an auxiliary relay for use with single-pole pilot devices (suffix R6). When an auxiliary relay is required, use a Class 8501 Type XO 11 relay. Three closing plates are provided as standard for easy installation of Class 9001 Type K or SK control units. 9991 SCG 1 Note : a Class 9991 Type SCG 1, NEMA 1 separate enclosure can also be used for Class 8903 Type SMO (30 A) electrically held lighting contactor if suffix F4T (control transformer), with or without cover control units, is required. For use with Type NEMA Size or Number of Enclosure type (1) Reference Weight current rating poles kg (lb) Contactors (2) 8502 SAO/SBO/SCO 0, 1 1…5 NEMA 1 9991 SCG 1 3.6 (8) NEMA 12 9991 SCA 4 8.3 (18.2) 8502 SDO 2 2…5 NEMA 1 9991 SDG 4 9.5 (21) NEMA 12 9991 SDA 4 10.4 (23) Starters 8536 SAO/SBO/SCO 0, 1 1…5 NEMA 1 9991 SCG 1 3.6 (8) NEMA 12 9991 SCA 4 8.3 (18.2) 8536 SDO 2 2…5 NEMA 1 9991 SDG 4 9.5 (21) NEMA 12 9991 SDA 4 10.4 (23) Lighting 8903 LO, 8903 LXO 30 A All NEMA 1 9991 SDG 3 6.8 (15) contactors NEMA 12 9991 SDA 3 9.1 (20) 8903 SMO 30 A 1…5 NEMA 1 9991 SDG 3 6.8 (15) NEMA 12 9991 SDA 3 9.1 (20) 8903 SPO 60 A 2…5 NEMA 1 9991 SDG 3 6.8 (15) NEMA 12 9991 SDA 3 9.1 (20) Control circuit transformers For use with Contactors (2) Type Transformer type Reference Weight kg (lb) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Standard, 50 VA 9070 T50 Extra capacity, 100 VA 9070 T100 (3) Extra capacity, 150 VA 9070 T150 (3) 4 and 5 Standard, 100 VA 9070 T100 (3) Extra capacity, 150 VA 9070 T150 (3) 8502 SDO 2 2…5 Standard, 100 VA 9070 T100 Extra capacity, 150 VA 9070 T150 Extra capacity, 300 VA 9070 T300 Starters 8536 SAO/SBO/SCO 0, 1 1…3 Standard, 50 VA 9070 T50 Extra capacity, 100 VA 9070 T100 (3) Extra capacity, 150 VA 9070 T150 (3) 4 and 5 Standard, 100 VA 9070 T100 (3) Extra capacity, 150 VA 9070 T150 (3) 8536 SDO 2 2…5 Standard, 100 VA 9070 T100 Extra capacity, 150 VA 9070 T150 Extra capacity, 300 VA 9070 T300 Lighting 8903 LO 30 A All Standard, 50 VA 9070 T50 contactors 8903 LXO 30 A All Standard, 50 VA 9070 T50 Extra capacity, 100 VA 9070 T100 (3) Extra capacity, 150 VA 9070 T150 (3) 8903 SMO 30 A 1…3 Standard, 100 VA 9070 T100 (3) Extra capacity, 150 VA 9070 T150 (3) 4 and 5 Standard, 100 VA 9070 T100 Extra capacity, 150 VA 9070 T150 Extra capacity, 300 VA 9070 T300 8903 SPO 60 A 2…5 Standard, 100 VA 9070 T100 Extra capacity, 150 VA 9070 T150 Extra capacity, 300 VA 9070 T300 (1) NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure. NEMA 12: dust-tight and drip-tight industrial-use enclosure. (2) For contactors (Class 8502), a separate closing plate is provided with each enclosure to replace the reset mechanism, with the exception of Class 9991 Type SCG 1, which requires a separate reset closing plate, Class 9999 Type SG2. (3) For mounting in a 9991 SCG 1 enclosure, a Class 9991 Type S1 adapter bracket is also required. 7 Dimensions: pages 7/6 and 7/7 7/4 8502 SAO/SBO/SCO NEMA Size or Number of current rating poles 0, 1 1…3 Accessories for Heavy Industrial NEMA Style Controls References 0 Fuse block, Control unit kits Fuse block (for use with Class CC fuses) For use with Contactors Starters Lighting contactors Type 8502 SBO/SCO/SDO 8536 SBO/SCO/SDO 8903 LO/LXO/SMO/SPO NEMA Size or current rating 0…2 0…2 30…60 A Reference 9999 SFR 4 9999 SFR 4 9999 SFR 4 Weight kg (lb) – – – Control unit kits Class 9001 Type K oil-tight/water-tight control units can be easily installed in NEMA 12, separate enclosures provided with closing plates. When installing control units, simply remove the closing plates and install the appropriate Class 9001 Type K components. Convenient control unit kits, complete with assembled and pre-wired operators for quick installation, are available as Class 9999 user modification kits. Class 9001 Type SK, NEMA 4X, corrosion-resistant control units may be used as an alternative. Kits Kit contents Reference Weight Control kg (lb) Description Reference Quantity function "Start-Stop" Start operator 9001 KR 1B 1 9999 SA 3 – push button Stop operator 9001 KR 1R 1 "Start" legend plate 9001 KN 201 1 "Stop" legend plate 9001 KN 202 1 Contact block 9001 KA 1 2 "Hand-Off-Auto" Selector operator switch 9001 KS 43B 1 9999 SC 8 – selector switch "Hand-Off-Auto" legend plate 9001 KN 260 1 Contact block 9001 KA 1 1 Pilot light Red pilot light 9001 KP 1R31 1 9999 SP 28R – (120 V) 7 Dimensions: pages 7/6 and 7/7 7/5 Accessories for Heavy Industrial NEMA Style Controls Dimensions Separate enclosures Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch) NEMA 1 rated (general purpose) separate enclosures A C J D K K L E Pilot Light F B RESET Mounting A screws 9991 SCG 7 3 x # 10 152 9991 SDG 7 4 x 6.4 198 9991 SEG 7/8 4 x 9.5 286 9991 SCG 8/DPG 2 3 x # 10 152 9991 SDG 8/DPG 3 4 x 6.4 198 9991 LXG 1 – 198 9991 DPG 1 – 127 9991 DPG 4 4 x 9.5 286 B C D E F G H I J K L 254 322 554 254 322 322 216 554 134 153 203 141 160 153 102 213 76 – – 76 – – – – 22 28 39 22 28 28 – 39 206 267 476 206 267 267 – 476 25 28 39 25 28 28 – 39 24 28 39 24 28 28 – 39 105 143 213 105 143 143 – 213 127 146 197 127 146 146 – 197 – 28 39 – 28 28 – 39 – 143 213 – 143 143 – 213 Mounting A screws 4 x 11.1 286 – 502 4 x 7.9 302 4 x 7.9 378 B C D E F G H I J K L 218 – 248 324 32 – 27 27 32 – 27 27 567 – 248 305 36 – 27 27 11 – 8 8 – – – – – – – – – – – – I – 318 391 678 678 678 678 – – J – 8 8 11 11 11 11 – – G H I H (4) I Dia. Mounting Holes A H 9991 SFG 8 9991 SGG 8 9991 SCG 9 9991 SDG 9 639 228 1129 363 302 188 359 192 G B Reset H F D E C NEMA 12 rated (dust-tight and drip-tight) separate enclosures D A E D G F C G B (4) J Dia. Mounting Holes 7 9991 MA 1 9991 SCA 11 9991 SDA 11 9991 SEA 11 9991 SEA 11 9991 SFA 11 9991 SFA 11 9991 SCA 12 9991 SDA 12 For use with A 140 162 206 461 8536 SEO 461 8536 SFO 461 461 336 387 B 273 217 236 235 243 243 235 363 413 C 114 324 406 800 800 800 800 225 230 D – 40 40 78 78 78 78 – – E – 83 127 305 305 305 305 – – F – 305 381 775 775 775 775 – – G – 10 13 13 13 13 13 – – H – 90 90 93 114 114 93 – – 9991 MF 1 9991 MF 2 9991 SCF 11 9991 SCF 12 9991 SCF 2 9991 SCF 1 9991 SDF 11 9991 SDF 12 9991 SDF 2 9991 SDF 1 9991 SEF 11 9991 SDF 13 9991 SCF 13 A 140 140 341 244 175 175 386 244 175 256 787 386 337 B 292 292 183 419 378 378 227 419 378 416 425 227 178 C 102 89 149 99 154 154 194 99 154 152 362 194 146 D – – 283 – – – 327 – – – 667 327 – E – – 121 – – – 138 – – – 203 138 – F – – 233 – – – 278 – – – – 278 – G – – 114 – – – 130 – – – – 130 – H – – 10 – – – 10 – – – 5 10 – I H Flush mounting separate enclosures H C H G E A D B References: pages7/2 and 7/5 7/6 F 0 Accessories for Heavy Industrial NEMA Style Controls Dimensions 0 Separate enclosures Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch) Separate enclosures for addition of control circuit transformer Mounting A B C D E screws 4 x 7.1 161 403 132 118 21 H 9991 SCG 1 F G H I 365 19 7 9 F G H I 378 359 192 324 27 378 359 194 324 27 378 359 192 324 27 27 27 27 305 27 305 27 305 27 8 8 8 A 336 387 387 F – – – G – – – I – – – G B D A E C (4) I Dia. Mtg. Holes (4) I Dia. Mounting Holes A H G B Reset 9991 SDG 4 9991 SDG 4 9991 SDG 3 9991 SCA 4 9991 SDA 4 9991 SDA 3 For use with 8502 SDO 8536 SDO Mounting screws 4 x 7.9 4 x 7.9 4 x 7.9 A B B 363 413 413 C C 225 230 230 D D – – – E E – – – H – – – H E D F C 7 References: pages 7/2 and 7/5 7/7 References Accessories for Heavy Industrial NEMA Style Controls 0 Magnetic coils Replacement a.c. magnetic coils for magnetic contactors and starters Equipment to be serviced Frequency Voltage Device Type NEMA Size Number or current of rating poles Latch coils for present-design magnetic contactors and starters Classes: 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8903, 8910 L LX 30 A 30 A 2 to 6 2 to 4 Hz 50 60 L LX 30 A 30 A 8 to 12 6 to 12 50 60 SA (1) 00 Series B All 50 7 60 (1) For use on Type S Series B devices only. 7/8 V 24 110–115 120 208 220 240 380 440 480 550 600 24 120 208 240 277 300 480 600 24 110–115 120 220 240 440 550 24 120 208 240 277 480 600 110–115 220 440 550 24 120 208 240 277 380 480 600 Reference 9998 L 24 9998 L 44 9998 L 45 9998 L 52 9998 L 53 9998 L 54 9998 L 60 9998 L 62 9998 L 63 9998 L 65 9998 L 66 9998 L 23 9998 L 44 9998 L 50 9998 L 53 9998 L 55 9998 L 56 9998 L 62 9998 L 65 9998 LH 24 9998 LH 44 9998 LH 45 9998 LH 53 9998 LH 54 9998 LH 62 9998 LH 65 9998 LH 23 9998 LH 44 9998 LH 50 9998 LH 53 9998 LH 55 9998 LH 62 9998 LH 65 9998 SAC 45 9998 SAC 54 9998 SAC 62 9998 SAC 65 9998 SAC 23 9998 SAC 45 9998 SAC 52 9998 SAC 54 9998 SAC 55 9998 SAC 59 9998 SAC 62 9998 SAC 65 Weight kg (lb) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – References (continued) Accessories for Heavy Industrial NEMA Style Controls 0 Magnetic coils Replacement a.c. magnetic coils for magnetic contactors and starters (continued) Equipment to be serviced Frequency Voltage Device Type NEMA Size Number or current of rating poles Latch coils for present-design magnetic contactors and starters Classes: 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8903 00, 0, SA (Series A), 1, 1P, and 30 A SB, SC, SM All Hz 50 60 SD, SP 2 and 60 A 2 and 3 50 60 4 and 5 50 60 V 24 110–115 120 220 240 380 440 480 550 600 24 120 208 220 240 277 380 440 480 550 600 24 110–115 120 220 240 380 440 550 600 24 120 208 220 240 277 440 480 550 600 24 110–115 120 220 240 380 440 550 600 24 120 208 220 240 277 380 440 480 550 600 Reference 31041-400-22 31041-400-42 31041-400-43 31041-400-51 31041-400-53 31041-400-57 31041-400-60 31041-400-61 31041-400-62 31041-400-64 31041-400-20 31041-400-42 31041-400-48 31041-400-51 31041-400-51 31041-400-52 31041-400-56 31041-400-58 31041-400-60 31041-400-61 31041-400-62 31063-409-17 31063-409-38 31063-409-39 31063-409-47 31063-409-48 31063-409-54 31063-409-57 31063-409-60 31063-409-61 31063-409-16 31063-409-38 31063-409-44 31063-409-47 31063-409-47 31063-409-49 31063-409-57 31063-409-57 31063-409-60 31063-409-60 31063-400-17 31063-400-38 31063-400-39 31063-400-47 31063-400-48 31063-400-54 31063-400-57 31063-400-60 31063-400-61 31063-400-16 31063-400-38 31063-400-44 31063-400-47 31063-400-47 31063-400-49 31063-400-53 31063-400-57 31063-400-57 31063-400-60 31063-400-60 Weight kg (lb) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 7/9 7 References (continued) Accessories for Heavy Industrial NEMA Style Controls 0 Magnetic coils Replacement a.c. magnetic coils for magnetic contactors and starters (continued) Equipment to be serviced Frequency Voltage Device Type NEMA Size Number or current of rating poles Latch coils for SE, 3, 20 A 2 and 3 present-design SQ, and 100 A magnetic DPA 12 contactors and starters Classes: 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8903, 8910 Hz 50 60 4 and 5 50 60 7 Latch coils for SF, SV present-design magnetic contactors and starters Classes: 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8903 4 and 200 A All 50 60 7/10 V 24 110–115 120 220 240 380 440 550 600 24 120 208 220 240 277 380 440 480 500 550 600 110–115 120 220 240 380 440 480 550 600 120 208 220 240 277 380 440 480 550 600 110–115 120 220 240 380 440 480 550 600 120 208 240 277 380 480 600 Reference 31074-400-17 31074-400-38 31074-400-39 31074-400-47 31074-400-48 31074-400-54 31074-400-57 31074-400-60 31074-400-61 31074-400-16 31074-400-38 31074-400-44 31074-400-47 31074-400-47 31074-400-49 31074-400-53 31074-400-57 31074-400-57 31074-400-58 31074-400-60 31074-400-60 31091-400-38 31091-400-39 31091-400-47 31091-400-48 31091-400-54 31091-400-57 31091-400-58 31091-400-60 31091-400-61 31091-400-38 31091-400-44 31091-400-47 31091-400-47 31091-400-49 31091-400-53 31091-400-57 31091-400-57 31091-400-60 31091-400-60 31091-400-38 31091-400-39 31091-400-47 31091-400-48 31091-400-54 31091-400-57 31091-400-58 31091-400-60 31091-400-61 31091-400-38 31091-400-44 31091-400-47 31091-400-49 31091-400-53 31091-400-57 31091-400-60 Weight kg (lb) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – References (continued) Accessories for Heavy Industrial NEMA Style Controls 0 Magnetic coils Replacement a.c. magnetic coils for magnetic contactors and starters (continued) Equipment to be serviced Frequency Voltage Device Type NEMA Size Number or current of rating poles Latch coils for SG, SX 5 and present-design 300 A magnetic (Series A) contactors and starters Classes: 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8903 All 5 and 300 A (Series B) All SH, SJ SY, SZ, SJ (1) SY, SZ, SJ (2) 6 and 7 2 and 3 400, 600 2 and 3 and 800 A 400, 600 2 and 3 and 800 A Hz 50 V 110–115 120 220 380 440 550 600 60 120 208 240 277 380 480 600 50 110–115 120 220 240 380 440 480 60 110–115 120 208 220 240 277 380 440 480 All system voltages All system voltages 50 60 110–115 220 440 550 110–115 120 208 220 240 277 440 480 550 600 Reference Weight 31096-400-09 31096-400-10 31096-400-18 31096-400-22 31096-400-24 31096-400-29 31096-400-30 31096-400-09 31096-400-15 31096-400-18 31096-400-19 31096-400-21 31096-400-24 31096-400-29 31096-320-50 31096-320-50 31096-320-52 31096-320-52 31096-320-54 31096-320-55 31096-320-55 31096-320-50 31096-320-50 31096-320-51 31096-320-52 31096-320-52 31096-320-53 31096-320-54 31096-320-55 31096-320-55 31104-400-50 31104-400-50 kg (lb) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 31104-418-09 31104-418-18 31104-418-24 31104-418-29 31104-418-09 31104-418-09 31104-418-15 31104-418-18 31104-418-18 31104-418-19 31104-418-24 31104-418-24 31104-418-29 31104-418-29 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – (1) Electrically held. (2) Mechanically held. 7/11 7 Accessories for Heavy Industrial NEMA Style Controls References 0 Replacement parts kits Magnetic contactor and starter contact kits for present designs Class 9998 replacement parts kits are available for servicing Square D relays, contactors and starters. Each kit contains the necessary movable and stationary contacts, contact springs (when required; NEMA Size 3 and above do not include contact springs, and springs are not available), and additional hardware required to service the devices listed below. When servicing devices having more poles than contained in the corresponding kit, it may be necessary to order an additional kit. Equipment to be serviced Reference Weight Class Type NEMA Size or Number of kg (lb) current rating poles in kit 8502, 8536, 8538, SA (Series B) 8539, 8702, 8736, SB 8903 SB, SC (powerpole adder) SC SD 8903 7 00 0 0 and 1 1 and 1P 1 2 SD (power-pole adder) SE 2 3 SF 4 SG 5 SH 6 SJ 7 L (Series C) and LX (Series B) SM 30 A 30 A SP 60 A SQ 100 A SV 200 A SX 300 A SY 400 A SZ 600 A SJ 800 A 3 3 4 1 9998 SJ 1 9998 SL 2 9998 SL 12 9998 SL 22 – – – – 3 4 3 4 1 9998 SL 3 9998 SL 13 9998 SL 4 9998 SL 14 9998 SL 24 – – – – – 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 4 9998 SL 6 9998 SL 7 9998 SL 8 9998 SL 9 9998 SL 10 9998 SL 11 9998 SL 25 9998 SL 26 9998 SL 30 9998 SL 31 9998 RA 5B – – – – – – – – – – – 3 4 3 4 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 9998 SL 3 9998 SL 13 9998 SL 4 9998 SL 14 9998 SL 6 9998 SL 7 9998 SL 8 9998 SL 9 9998 SL 10 9998 SL 11 9998 SL 25 9998 SL 26 9998 SL 32 9998 SL 33 9998 SL 30 9998 SL 31 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Manual starter contact kits Equipment to be serviced Class Type 2510 M, T Reference NEMA Size M-0 M-1 and M-1P Number of poles in kit 3 3 9998 ML 1 9998 ML 2 Weight kg (lb) – – Replacement control transformers (150 VA) Equipment to be serviced Class Type 8502, 8536 7/12 S NEMA Size 6 Voltage 50 Hz 60 Hz Reference V 220/440-110 – – 380-110 550-110 110-110 220-110 V 240/480-120 208-120 277-120 – 600-120 120-120 240-120 31104-512-50 31104-512-52 31104-512-53 31104-512-54 31104-512-51 31104-512-55 31104-512-56 Weight kg (lb – – – – – – – Accessories for Heavy Industrial NEMA Style Controls References (continued) 0 Replacement parts kits Universal baseplates Replacement control transformers (200 VA) Equipment to be serviced Class Type 8502, 8536 S NEMA Size 7 Voltage 50 Hz 60 Hz V 220/440-110 – – 380-110 550-110 110-110 220-110 V 240/480-120 208-120 277-120 – 600-120 120-120 240-120 Reference Weight 31123-501-50 31123-501-52 31123-501-53 31123-501-54 31123-501-51 31123-501-55 31123-501-56 kg (lb) – – – – – – – Replacement contact kits Equipment to be serviced Class Type 8910 DPA 5 DPA 6 DPA 7 DPA 9 DPA 123 Reference Current rating 50 A 60 A 75 A 90 A 120 A Number of poles 1 1 1 1 1 9998 DRC 5 9998 DRC 6 9998 DRC 7 9998 DRC 9 9998 DRC 12 Weight kg (lb) – – – – – Universal baseplates A universal baseplate may be used to retrofit a Square D Type S NEMA starter into an application which is currently using a competitive NEMA starter. The universal baseplate is a metal plate which attaches to the panel in the location of the starter to be replaced. The Type S starter then mounts to the baseplate. It is available for NEMA Sizes 00 to 4, and mounting screws are provided with each plate. The universal baseplate adapter allows the Type S starter to replace the following competitive starters: Type Competitive NEMA Size Reference Weight starter kg (lb) Universal Allen Bradley 509 0 and 1 9998 UB 01 – baseplates 2 9998 UB 02 – 3 9998 UB 03 – 4 9998 UB 04 – Allen Bradley 709 1 9998 UB 01 – 2 9998 UB 02 – 3 9998 UB 03 – 4 9998 UB 04 – Cutler Hammer 00, 0, 1 9998 UB 01 – Freedom Series 2 9998 UB 02 – 3 9998 UB 03 – 4 9998 UB 04 – Furnas ESP100 0 and 1 9998 UB 01 – 2 9998 UB 02 – 3 9998 UB 03 – 4 9998 UB 04 – Furnas INNOVA 0 and 1 9998 UB 01 – 2 9998 UB 02 – 3 9998 UB 03 – 4 9998 UB 04 – General Electric 00, 0, 1 9998 UB 01 – CR306 2 9998 UB 02 – 3 9998 UB 03 – 4 9998 UB 04 – 7/13 7 Accessories for Heavy Industrial NEMA Style Controls References 0 Cover-mounted control unit kits DF 531371 Class 9999 cover-mounted push button, selector switch and pilot light control unit kits can be easily field installed in a NEMA 1 or 12, Type S contactor or starter enclosure cover. Knockouts or removable closing plates are provided with many enclosure covers for convenient field installation of control units. Kits are supplied with leads and clearly illustrated instructions. The Class 9999 cover-mounted control unit kits are identical to the factory-installed units. Push button kits for NEMA 1 enclosures For use with Class 8502 and 8536 Type SA, SB, SC SD SE SF to SJ NEMA Size or Number of current rating poles 00, 0, 1 and 1P All 2 All 3 All 4 to 7 All SB and SC SD SE SF SG to SJ 0 and 1 2 3 4 5 to 7 All All All All All LX (1) SM SP SQ SJ, SV, SX, SY and SZ 30 A 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 to 800 A All All All All All 9999 SA2 DF 531372 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736 8903 (electrically held) Description Reference Weight kg (lb) Start-Stop On-Off 9999 SA2 9999 SA10 – – Start-Stop On-Off Start-Stop On-Off 9999 SA3 9999 SA3 9999 SA2 9999 SA10 – – – – Start-Stop On-Off On-Off Start-Stop On-Off 9999 SA3 9999 SA3 9999 LXPB (2) 9999 SA2 (3) 9999 SA10 (3) – – – – – Start-Stop On-Off 9999 SA3 (3) 9999 SA3 (3) – – Description Reference Selector switch kits for NEMA 1 enclosures DF 531373 9999 SA3 For use with Class 7 7/14 NEMA Size or Number of current rating poles 00, 0, 1 and 1P All All 2 All 3 4 to 7 All All 0 and 1 All 2 All 3 All 4 5 to 7 All 30 A All 30 A All 60 A All 100 A All 200 to 800 A All Weight kg (lb) Hand-Off-Auto 9999 SC2 SA, SB, SC SD On-Off 9999 SC22 SE 8502 and 8536 SF to SJ Hand-Off-Auto 9999 SC8 Hand-Off-Auto 9999 SC2 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736 SB and SC SD On-Off 9999 SC22 SE SF SG to SJ Hand-Off-Auto 9999 SC8 8903 (electrically held) LX (1) On-Off 9999 LXS (2) SM Hand-Off-Auto 9999 SC2 SP On-Off 9999 SC22 SQ SJ, SV, SX, Hand-Off-Auto 9999 SC8 SY and SZ (1) For Class 8903 Type LX, NEMA 12 control unit kits, refer to the Class 8903 section. (2) To mount a control unit in a NEMA 1 enclosure, a Class 9999 Type BLX bracket is also required. (3) Also requires N/O auxiliary contact for holding circuit contact when used on Class 8903 electrically held lighting contactors. 8502 and 8536 9999 SC2 Type – – – – – – – – – – Accessories for Heavy Industrial NEMA Style Controls References (continued) 0 Cover-mounted control unit kits Red pilot light (1) kits for NEMA 1 enclosures For use with Class DF 531374 8502 and 8536 9999 SP 2R Description Type SA, SB and SC NEMA Size or Number of current rating poles 00, 0, 1 and 1P All Reference Weight kg (lb) With control transformer 9999 SP 28R – Standard 9999 SP 2R – SD 2 All With control transformer 9999 SP 28R – Standard 9999 SP 3R – SE 3 2 and 3 With control transformer 9999 SP 28R – Standard 9999 SP 4R – SE 3 4 and 5 With control transformer 9999 SP 28R (3) – Standard 9999 SP 5R – SF 4 All With control transformer 9999 SP 28R (3) – Standard 9999 SP 28R – SG to SJ 5 to 7 All With control transformer 9999 SP 28R (3) – Standard 9999 SP 28R (3) – 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736 SB and SC 0 and 1 All With control transformer 9999 SP 12R – Standard 9999 SP 12R – SD 2 All With control transformer 9999 SP 13R – Standard 9999 SP 13R – SE 3 All With control transformer 9999 SP 14R – Standard 9999 SP 14R – SF 4 All With control transformer 9999 SP 15R – Standard 9999 SP 15R – SG to SJ 5 to 7 All With control transformer 9999 SP 28R (3) – Standard 9999 SP 28R (3) – 8903 (electrically held) LX (2) 30 A All With control transformer 9999 SP 28R (3) – SM 30 A All With control transformer 9999 SP 28R – Standard 9999 SP 2R – SP 60 A All With control transformer 9999 SP 28R – Standard 9999 SP 3R – SQ 100 A 2 and 3 With control transformer 9999 SP 28R (3) – 9999 SP 28R – Standard 4 and 5 With control transformer 9999 SP 28R (3) – Standard 9999 SP 28R – SJ, SV, SX, 200 to 800 A All With control transformer 9999 SP 28R (3) – SY and SZ Standard 9999 SP 28R (3) – (1) A green lens is included in the red pilot light kits. If you order a 9999 SP 28R kit, you will receive both a red and a green lens with the pilot light. (2) For Class 8903 Type LX NEMA 12 rated control unit kits, refer to the Class 8903 section. (3) The coil voltage must be the same as the pilot light rating. The kit contains one Class 9001 Type KP1R31120V, 60 Hz red pilot light control unit. For other voltages, refer to the Class 9001 Type KP section of the Digest.. 7 7/15 Accessories for Heavy Industrial NEMA Style Controls References (continued) 0 Cover-mounted control unit kits Push button kits for NEMA 12 enclosures For use with Class 8502, 8536 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736 8903 (electrically held) Type SA, SB, SC SD SE SF SG to SJ SB and SC SD SE SF SG to SJ LX (2) SM SP SQ SJ, SV, SX, SY and SZ NEMA Size or Number of current rating poles 00, 0, 1 and 1P All 2 All 3 All 4 All 5 to 7 All 0 and 1 All 2 All 3 All 4 All 5 to 7 All 30 A All 30 A All 60 A All 100 A All 200 to 800 A All Description (1) Reference Start-Stop or On-Off 9999 SA3 Description (1) Reference Weight kg (lb) – Selector switch kits for NEMA 12 enclosures For use with Class 8502, 8536 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736 8903 (electrically held) Type NEMA Size or Number of current rating poles 00, 0, 1 and 1P All 2 All 3 All 4 All 5 to 7 All 0 and 1 All 2 All 3 All 4 All 5 to 7 All 30 A All 30 A All 60 A All 100 A All 200 to 800 A All Weight kg (lb) Hand-Off-Auto 9999 SC8 – SA, SB, SC SD SE SF SG to SJ SB and SC SD SE SF SG to SJ LX (2) SM SP SQ SJ, SV, SX, SY and SZ (1) User-made openings are required in order to field install these modification kits on standard 8502, 8536 Type S Sizes 0 to 2, and 8903 Sizes 30 to 60 A NEMA 12 enclosures (2) For Class 8903 Type LX NEMA 12 control unit kits, refer to the Class 8903 section. 7 7/16 Accessories for Heavy Industrial NEMA Style Controls References (continued) 0 Cover-mounted control unit kits Red pilot light (1) kits for NEMA 12 enclosures For use with Class 8502, 8536 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736 8903 (electrically held) Type SA, SB, SC SD SE SF SG to SJ SB and SC SD SE SF SG to SJ LX (4) SM SP SQ SJ, SV, SX, SY and SZ NEMA Size or Number of current rating poles 00, 0, 1 and 1P All 2 All 3 All 4 All 5 to 7 All 0 and 1 All 2 All 3 All 4 All 5 to 7 All 30 A All 30 A All 60 A All 100 A All 200 to 800 A All Description (2) Reference 120 V, 60 Hz 9999 SP 28R (3) Weight kg (lb) – Closing plates for NEMA 1 enclosures For use with Class Description Reference Weight NEMA Size or kg (lb) current rating 8502, 8536, 8903 SA to SE or 00 to 3 or For pilot light or reset 9999 SG2 – SM to SP 30 to 60 A Slip-on cover, NEMA 1 enclosure For push button or selector switch 9999 SG3 – Slip-on cover, NEMA 1 enclosure 9999 SG1 – 8538 and 8539 SB to SF 0 to 4 For push button or selector switch Hinged cover, NEMA 1 enclosure For pilot light 9999 SG2 – Hinged cover, NEMA 1 enclosure (1) A green lens is included in the red pilot light kits. If you order a 9999 SP 28R kit, you will receive both a red and a green lens with the pilot light. (2) User-made openings are required in order to field install these modification kits on standard 8502, 8536 Type S Sizes 0 to 2, and 8903 Sizes 30 to 60 A NEMA 12 enclosures. (3) The coil voltage must be the same as the pilot light rating. Kit contains one Class 9001 Type KP1R31120V, 60 Hz red pilot light control unit. For other voltages, refer to the Class 9001 Type KP section of the Digest.. (4) For Class 8903 Type LX NEMA 12 control unit kits, refer to the Class 8903 section. Type 7 7/17 Characteristics, references Accessories for Heavy Industrial NEMA Style Controls 0 Auxiliary contacts Characteristics Class Type Contact ratings Maximum current (50/60 Hz) a 120 V or less A a 120…600 V Class Type Contact ratings Maximum current (50/60 Hz) a 120 V or less A a 120…600 V 9999 SX 11/SX 12 Make Break (35% power factor) (35% power factor) 30 3 3600 VA 360 VA 9999 SX 6 to SX 10/SX 13 to SX 17 Make Break (35% power factor) (35% power factor) 60 6 7200 VA 720 VA Continuous current 3 3A Continuous current 10 10 A References Internal contact kits DF 531376 Class 9999 Type SX 11 internal contact kit is a replacement unit for the N/O holding circuit contact supplied as standard on Type S, Sizes 00–2, three-phase starters and contactors. The Class 9999 Type SX 12 is a replacement unit for the N/C electrical contact supplied as standard on Type S, Sizes 00–2, mechanically interlocked devices. Internal contacts are also used on Class 2510 Types M and T manual starters. The internal contacts can be used for other applications as long as the electrical rating is not exceeded. For use with Internal non-convertible Reference Weight Class Type NEMA Size contacts kg (lb) 8502, 8702, 8536, 8736 SA to SD 00 to 2 1 N/O contact 9999 SX 11 (1) – 1 N/C contact 9999 SX 12 (1) – DF 531375 9999 SX 11 9999 SX 6 7 7/18 External contact kits Class 9999 Type SX 6 external auxiliary contact is supplied as standard for the N/O holding circuit contact on Type S Sizes 3 to 7 contactors and starters. Additional auxiliary contacts can be added to Type S contactors, starters and lighting contactors. These contacts mount on either side of the basic contactor and are available with convertible or non-convertible contacts. The contacts of the convertible version can be changed from N/O to N/C or vice versa in the field. The non-convertible version has fixed contacts, either N/O or N/C. To determine the number of auxiliary contacts that can be added to each Type S contactor or starter, refer to the contactor and starter section. For use with External field convertible Reference Weight Class Type NEMA Size contacts kg (lb) 8502, 8702, 8536, 8736 SA to SJ 00 to 7 1 N/O contact 9999 SX 6 – 1 N/C contact 9999 SX 7 – 1 N/O and 1 N/C isolated contacts 9999 SX 8 – 1 N/O overlapping contact 9999 SX 9 (2) – 1 N/C overlapping contact 9999 SX 10 (2) – For use with External non-convertible Reference Weight Class Type NEMA Size contacts kg (lb) 8502, 8702, 8536, 8736 SA to SJ 00 to 7 1 N/O contact 9999 SX 13 – 1 N/C contact 9999 SX 14 – 1 N/O and 1 N/C isolated contacts 9999 SX 15 – 1 N/O overlapping contact 9999 SX 16 (2) – 1 N/C overlapping contact 9999 SX 17 (2) – (1) Types SX 11 and SX 12 are not applicable on NEMA Sizes 3 or larger. Internal contacts can also be used on Class 2510 Types M and T manual starters. (2) Types SX 9 and SX 10 or Types SX 16 and SX 17 must be used together and mounted on the same side of the contactor. They are suitable for applications where it is necessary for a normally open contact to overlap a normally closed contact. Accessories for Heavy Industrial NEMA Style Controls References 0 Auxiliary contacts, Adapter, Remote reset module Isolated auxiliary contacts for Motor Logic solid-state overload relays Overload relay auxiliary contacts are available factory installed or in kit form for field installation on Motor Logic solid-state overload relays. These contacts may be used for isolated alarm contact applications. For use with External field convertible Reference Weight contact Class Type NEMA Size kg (lb) 9065 SS, SR, SF, ST 00B to 7 N/O or N/C auxiliary contact 9999 AC 04 – Adapter The adapter enables the Motor Logic solid-state overload relay to be mounted on a 35 mm mounting rail. For use with Reference Class Type NEMA Size 9065 SS or SF 00B, 00C, 0 and 1 9999 DA 01 Weight kg (lb) – Remote reset module The remote reset module can be easily field installed on solid-state overload relays. This module will allow the overload relay to be reset from a remote location. For use with Description Reference Weight Class Type NEMA Size kg (lb) 9065 SS, SR, SF, ST 00B to 7 Remote reset module 9999 RR 04 (1) – SS, SR, SF, ST 3 and 4 Top mounting bracket 9999 RB 34 (1) (2) – (1) a 120 V power required. (2) To be used for mounting the remote reset module on the top of the solid-state overload relay. 7 7/19 Accessories for Heavy Industrial NEMA Style Controls References 0 Power-pole adder kits, Timer attachments, Control circuit fuse holders, Transient suppression modules DF531377 Power-pole adder kits 9999 SB 6 One single- or double-circuit power pole kit may be field added to a basic 2- or 3-pole Type S contactor or starter, Size 0–2, or a 30–60 A lighting contactor. The ratings for these power-pole adders correspond to the NEMA contact ratings found in the contactor and starter section or lighting contactor section. A 2- or 3-pole contactor or starter will accept only one single- or double-circuit unit. A power pole cannot be used on 4- or 5-pole devices or devices which are mechanically interlocked. For adding a power pole to a Size 2 or 60 A device, a coil change is required. When adding Sizes 0 to 2 power pole kits to a Size 3 to 7 or 100 to 800 A device, an adapter bracket (9999 SBT 1) is required. The Class 9999 Types SB 6 to SB 15 power pole kits are suitable for copper wire only. Types SB 21 to SB 25 are supplied with lugs suitable for copper and aluminum wire. Description For use with Reference Weight kg (lb) Class Type NEMA Size or current rating 1 N/O power8502, 8702, 8536, SB, SC, SM 0, 1 and 30 A 9999 SB 6 – pole adder 8736, 8903 SD 2 9999 SB 11 (1) – SP 60 A 9999 SB 21 (1) – 1 N/C power 8502, 8702, 8536, SB, SC, SM 0, 1 and 30 A 9999 SB 7 – pole adder 8736, 8903 SD 2 9999 SB 12 (1) – SP 60 A 9999 SB 22 (1) – 1 N/O and 1 N/C 8502, 8702, 8536, SB, SC, SM 0, 1 and 30 A 9999 SB 8 – power-pole 8736, 8903 SD 2 9999 SB 13 (1) – adder SP 60 A 9999 SB 23 (1) – 2 N/O power8502, 8702, 8536, SB, SC, SM 0, 1 and 30 A 9999 SB 9 – pole adders 8736, 8903 SD 2 9999 SB 14 (1) – SP 60 A 9999 SB 24 (1) – 2 N/C power 8502, 8702, 8536, SB, SC, SM 0, 1 and 30 A 9999 SB 10 – pole adders 8736, 8903 SD 2 9999 SB 15 (1) – SP 60 A 9999 SB 25 (1) – Adapter bracket Description For use with Class Type Adapter bracket 8502, 8702, 8536, SE to SJ and 8736, 8903 SQ to SZ Reference NEMA Size or current rating 3 to 7 and 100 to 800 A 9999 SBT 1 Weight kg (lb) – Control circuit fuse holders DF531379 The control circuit fuse holder is designed to be used on Type S contactors and starters, Sizes 00 to 7, when either one or two control circuit fuses, 600 V maximum, are required. The Type SF 3 and SF 4 fuse holders accept standard 600 V Bussmann Type KTK or equivalent fuses (10 mm x 38 mm), 6 A maximum. Type SFR 3 and SFR 4 fuse holders accept Class CC 600 V Bussmann Type KTK-R or equivalent fuses only. Type For use with Description (2) Reference Weight kg (lb) Class NEMA Size 9999 SF 4 Control circuit fuse holders 8502, 8702, 8536, 00 to 7 8736 Single-fuse unit Single-fuse unit for Class CC fuse Two-fuse unit Two-fuse unit for Class CC fuses 9999 SF 3 9999 SFR 3 9999 SF 4 9999 SFR 4 – – – – 7 DF531380 Transient suppression modules 9999 ST 1 7/20 The transient suppression module is designed to be used where the transient voltage, generated when opening the coil circuit, interferes with the proper operation of nearby integrated or solid-state control circuits. The module consists of a RC circuit and is designed to suppress the coil voltage transients to approximately 200% of peak coil supply voltage. The module is wired across the coil for Type S, Sizes 00 to 5 and is designed for coil voltages of 120 V only. Type For use with Reference Weight kg (lb) Class NEMA Size Transient 8502, 8702, 8536, 8736 00 to 2 9999 ST 1 – suppression 3 to 5 9999 ST 2 – modules (1) To order a Size 2 or 60 A power pole kit complete with a new starter coil, specify suffix Y118, plus the voltage and frequency. Example: Class 9999 Type SB11 Form Y118, 120 volts, 60 Hz. (2) Fuses not included. Accessories for Heavy Industrial NEMA Style Controls References 0 Compression lugs Terminal block DF531389 Compression lugs DF531390 Class 8903 with compression lugs installed A Class 9999 Type AL hardware kit is required to install Versa-Crimp® compression lugs on Class 8903 Type S, 100 to 800 A lighting contactors. The lugs are suitable for both copper and aluminum wire. One VCEL lug is required for each line or load terminal. Each Class 9999 Type AL hardware kit includes mounting hardware for 3 terminals, line or load side. Example: to install compression lugs on a 300 A 3-pole device, line and load sides, order 6 x VCEL-060-12H1 lugs and 2 x Class 9999 Type AL 11 hardware kits. For use with Versa-Crimp Material Wire Number Reference Weight of poles kg (lb) range Class Type Current rating catalogue number (min.-max.) 8903 SQ 100 A VCEL-021-14S1 Al/Cu 8–1/0 – (1) – SV 200 A VCEL-022-516H1 Al/Cu 1–2/0 2 poles 9999 AL 13 – 3 poles 9999 AL 14 – 4 poles 9999 AL 15 – VCEL-024-516H1 Al/Cu 2/0–4/0 2 poles 9999 AL 13 – 3 poles 9999 AL 14 – 4 poles 9999 AL 15 – VCEL-030-516H1 MCM Al/Cu 4–300 2 poles 9999 AL 13 – 3 poles 9999 AL 14 – 4 poles 9999 AL 15 – SX 300 A VCEL-050-12H1 MCM Al/Cu 2/0–500 – 9999 AL 11 – VCEL-060-12H1 MCM Al 400–600 – 9999 AL 11 – MCM Cu 400–500 – 9999 AL 11 – VCEL-075-12H1 MCM Al 500–750 – 9999 AL 11 – MCM Cu 500 – 9999 AL 11 – SY, SZ 400, 600 A VCEL-060-12H2 (2) MCM Al 400–600 – 9999 AL 12 – MCM Cu 400–500 – 9999 AL 12 – VCEL-075-12H2 (2) MCM Al 500–750 – 9999 AL 12 – MCM Cu 500 – 9999 AL 12 – SJ 800 A – – – – (3) – Terminal block 9999 T7 The terminal block provides easy wiring of a "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch or "Start-Stop" push buttons with separate control. The terminal block requires no panel space. It simply snaps onto Type S, Sizes 00–4 contactors and starters by two tabs and is secured to the left-hand coil terminal. For use with Reference Weight kg (lb) Class Type NEMA Size 8502, 8702, 8536, 8736 SA to SF 00 to 4 9999 T7 – (1) Not required. (2) One or two lugs may be mounted on each terminal. (3) Compression lugs for these devices are available only as a factory modification. Order: suffix Y1574. Specify the wire size, up to 750 MCM Al or 500 MCM Cu, and the number of terminals. 7 7/21 8/0 Contents 8 - Services Schneider Electric worldwide b Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/2 8 8/1 Schneider Electric worldwide 0 Up-dated: 30-07-2003 Afghanistan Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric India Albania Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Austria Algeria b Schneider Electric voie A Lot C22 Zone industrielle Rouiba - Alger Andorra Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric France Angola Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric South Africa Anguilla Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep. Antartica Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Brazil Antigua & Barbuda Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep. Argentina b Schneider Argentina Viamonte 2850 - 1678 Caseros (provincia Buenos Aires) Armenia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed. Aruba Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep. Australia b Schneider Electric (Australia) Pty. 2 Solent Circuit Limited Norwest Business Park Baulkham Hill _ NSW 2153 Tel. : +213 21 92 97 02 à 09 Fax : +213 21 92 97 00 à 01 Tel.: +54 1 716 88 88 Fax: +54 1 716 88 33 www.schneider-electric.com.ar Tel.: +61 298 51 28 00 Fax: +61 296 29 83 40 www.schneider.com.au Tel.: +431 610 540 Fax: +431 610 54 54 www.schneider-electric.at www.squared.com Austria b Schneider Austria Ges.m.b.H. Azerbaijan Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed. Bahamas b Schneider Electric Union Village PO Box 3901 - Nassau Tel. : +1 242 327 42 91 Fax : +1 242 327 42 91 Bahrain b Schneider Electric Floor 1 - Juma Building Abu Horaira Avenue PO Box 355 - 304 Manama Tel.: +97 322 7897 Fax: +97 321 8313 Bangladesh Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric India Barbados Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep. Belarus b Schneider Electric Industries SA Prospect Macherova 5, of. 202 220004 Minsk Tel. : +375 172 23 75 50 Fax : +375 172 23 97 61 Belgium b Schneider Electric nv/sa Dieweg 3 B - 1180 Brussels Tel.: +3223737711 Fax: +3223753858 www.schneider-electric.be Belize Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric USA Benin Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Ivory Coast Bermuda Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep. Bhutan Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric India Bolivia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Chile Bosnia and Herzegovina Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Croatia Botswana Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric South Africa Bouvet island Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep. Brazil b Schneider Electric Brazil Ltda. Avenida Das Nações Unidas 23223 Jurubatuba - CEP 04795-907 São Paulo-SP Tel.: +55 55 24 52 33 Fax: +55 55 22 51 34 www.schneider-electric.com.br Brunei (Darussalam) Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Singapore Bulgaria b Schneider Electric Expo 2000, Boulevard Vaptzarov 1407 Sofiav Tel.: +3592 919 42 Fax: +3592 962 44 39 www.schneiderelectric.bg Burkina Faso Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Ivory Coast Burundi Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Kenya Cambodia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Viet Nam Cameroon b Schneider Electric Cameroon 166, rue de l'Hôtel de Ville BP12087 - Douala Tel.: +237 343 38 84 Fax: +237 343 11 94 Canada b Schneider Canada 19, Waterman Avenue M4 B1Y2 Toronto - Ontario Tel.: +1 416 752 8020 Fax: +1 416 752 4203 Cape Verde Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Senegal Caribee Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep. Cayman islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep. Central African Republic Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Cameroon Chad Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Cameroon Chile b Schneider Electric Chile S.A. Avda. Pdte Ed. Frei Montalva, 6001-31 Tel.: +56 2 444 3000 Conchali - Santiago Fax: +56 2 423 9335 www.schneider-electric.co.cl China b Schneider Beijing Landmark bldg-Room 1801 8 North Dong Sanhuan Rd Chaoyang District 100004 Beijing www.schneider-electric.com.cn 8/2 Birostrasse 11 1239 Wien Tel.: +86 10 65 90 69 07 Fax: +86 10 65 90 00 13 www.schneider-electric.ca Schneider Electric worldwide 0 Up-dated: 30-07-2003 Christmas island Contacts are assured by Cocos (Keeling) islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia Colombia b Schneider Electric de Colombia Calle 45A #102-48 Bogota DC S.A. Schneider Electric Australia Tel.: +57 1 426 97 00 Fax: +57 1 426 97 40 Comoros Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric la Reunion Congo Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Cameroon Cook islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia Costa Rica b Schneider Centroamérica Ltda. 1.5 kmts oeste de la Embajada Americana, Pavas, San José, Costa Rica C.A. Apartado: 4123-1000 San Jose Tel.: +506 232-60-55 Fax: +506 232-04-26 Croatia b Schneider Electric SA Fallerovo Setaliste 22 HR - 10000 Zagreb Tel.: +385 1 367 100 Fax: +385 1 367 111 Cuba b Schneider Electric Bureau de Liaison de La Havane Calle 36- N°306-Apto1 Entre 3ra y 5ta Avenida Miramar Playa Habana Tel.: +53 724 15 59 Fax: +53 724 12 17 Cyprus b Schneider Electric Cyprus 28 General Timayia Avenue Kyriakos Building, Block #A301 Larnaca 6046 Tel.: +00357 248 12646 Fax: +00357 246 37382 Czech Republic b Schneider Electric CZ, s.r.o. Thámova 13 Praha 8 - 186 00 Tel.: +420 2 810 88 111 Fax: +420 2 24 81 08 49 www.schneider-electric.cz Democratic Rep. of Congo Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Cameroon Denmark b Schneider Electric A/S Baltorpbakken 14 DK-2750 Ballerup Tel.: +45 44 73 78 88 Fax: +45 44 68 5255 www.schneider-electric.dk Djibouti Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Egypt Dominican Republic b Schneider Electric Calle Jacinto Manon Esq. Federico Geraldino Edificio D' Roca Plaza Suite 402, Ens. Paraiso - Santo Domingo Ecuador b Schneider Electric Ecuador SA Av.Republica del Salvador 1082 y Nac Tel. : +593 2 224 42 42 Edificio Mansion Blanca-Quito Fax : +593 2 224 42 94 Egypt b Schneider Electric Egypt sae 68, El Tayaran Street Nasr City, 11371 - Cairo El Salvador Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric USA Equatorial Guinea Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Cameroon Eritrea Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Egypt Estonia b Lexel Electric Ehitajate tee 110 EE 12618 Talinn Ethiopia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Egypt Falkland islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Brazil Faroe islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia Fiji Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia Finland b Schneider Electric Oy Sinimäentie 14 02630 Espoo Tel. : +358 9 527 000 Fax : +358 9 5270 0376 www.schneider-electric.fi France b Schneider Electric SA 5, rue Nadar 92500 Rueil Malmaison Tel.: +33 (0)1 41 29 82 00 Fax: +33 (0)1 47 51 80 20 www.schneider-electric.fr French Polynesia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia French West Indies Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep. Gabon Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Cameroon Gambia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Senegal Georgia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed. Germany b Schneider Electric GmbH Gothaer Straße 29 D-40880 Ratingen Tel.: +49210 240 40 Fax: +492 10 240 49 256 www.schneiderelectric.de Ghana b Schneider Electric Ghana PMB Kia 3rd Floor Opeibea House Airport Commercial Center Liberation road - Accra Tel. : +233 21 70 11 687 Fax : +233 21 77 96 22 Gilbraltar Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Spain Greece b Schneider Electric AE 14th km - RN Athens-Lamia GR - 14564 Kifissia Greenland Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States Grenada Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep. Guadeloupe Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Martinique Guam Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia www.schneider-ca.com Tel.: +1 809 334 66 63 Fax: +1 809 334 66 68 Tel.: +20 24 01 01 19 Fax: +20 24 01 66 87 www.schneider.com.eg Tel. : +372 650 97 00 Fax : +372 650 97 22 Tel.: +302 106 29 52 00 Fax: +302 106 29 52 10 www.schneider-electric.com.gr 8/3 Schneider Electric worldwide 0 Up-dated: 30-07-2003 Guatemala Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States Guinea-Bissau Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Sénégal Guinea Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Ivory Coast Guyana Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States Haiti Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep. Heard & Mac Donald isl. Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia Honduras Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States Hong Kong b Schneider Electric (Hong Kong) Room 3108-28, 31th Floor, Sun Hung Kai Centre, 30 Harbour Road, Wanchai Tel.: +852 25 65 06 21 Fax: +852 28 11 10 29 Fehérvári út 108 – 112 H-1116 Budapest Tel.: +36 1 382 26-06 Fax: +36 1 206 1429 www.schneider-electric.hu Ltd Hungary b Schneider Electric Hungária Villamossági Rt. Iceland Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Denmark India b Schneider Electric India Max House, 1 Dr Jha Marg, Okhla 110 020 New Dehli Tel. : +91 11 631 85 84 Tel. : +91 11 631 71 61 www.schneiderelectric-in.com Indonesia b P.T. Schneider Indonesia Ventura Building 7th Floor Jalan R.A. Kartini Kav.26 Cilandak - 12430 Jakarta Tel.: +62 +21 750 44 06 Fax: +62 +21 750 44 15/ 16 www.schneider-electric.co.id Iran (Islamic Republic of) b Telemecanique Iran 1047 Avenue VALI ASSR P.O. Box 15875-3547 15116 Teheran Tel.: +98 218 71 01 42 Fax: +98 218 71 81 87 Irak b Schneider Electric Industries SA 38050 Grenoble Cedex 9 Tel.: +33 04 76 60 54 27 Fax: +33 04 76 60 56 60 Ireland b Schneider Electric Ireland Maynooth Road Cellbridge - Co. Kildare Tel.: +353+0 1 6012200 Fax: +353+0 1 6012201 www.schneiderelectric.ie Italy b Schneider Electric S.p.A. Centro Direzionale Colleoni Palazzo Sirio - Viale Colleoni, 7 20041 Agrate Brianza (Mi) Tel.: +39 39 655 8111 Fax: +39 39 605 6237 www.schneiderelectric.it Ivory Coast b Schneider Electric Afrique de Rue Pierre et Marie Curie 18 BP 2027 Abidjan 18 Tel.: +225 21 75 00 10 Fax: +225 21 75 00 30 l'Ouest Jamaica b Schneider Electric Shop#5, Plaza Dunrobin 30 Dunrobin Avenue - Kingstown Tel. : +1876 755 41 27 Tel. : +931 87 74 Japan b Schneider Electric Japan Ltd Torigoe F. Bldg 1-8-2, Torigoe Taito-Ku - 111-0054 Tokyo Tel.: +81 358 35 35 81 Fax: +81 358 35 35 85 Jordan b Schneider Electric Industr. Jordan Jordan University Street Abu Al Haj Commercial Complex 2nd Floor - Office # 202 - Amman Kazakstan b Schneider Electric Kazakhstan Liaison Office Tel.: 962 65 16 78 87 Fax: 962 65 16 79 1 Prospekt Abaia 157 off 9 480009 Almaty Tel. : +7 327 250 93 88 Tel. : +7 327 250 63 70 Tel. : +254 2.824.156 Fax : +254 2.824.157 Kenya b Schneider East Africa Power Technics Complex Monbasa Road - PO Box 46345 Nairobi Kiribati Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia Korea b Schneider Electric Korea Ltd 3Floor, Cheil Bldg., 94-46, 7-Ka Youngdeungpodong, Youngdeungpo-ku 150-037 Seoul Tel. : +82 2 2630 9700 Fax : +82 2 2630 9800 Kuwait b Schneider Electric Kuwait Al Gaas Tower - Sharq 2nd Floor PO Box 20092 - 13 061 Safat Tel.: +965 240 75 46 Fax: +965 240 75 06 Kyrgyz Republic Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed. Laos Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Thailand Latvia b Lexel Electric 60A A.Deglava str. LV1035 Riga Tel. : +371 780 23 74/75 Fax : +371 754 62 80 Lebanon b Schneider Electric Liban Tabaris, Avenue Charles Malek Immeuble Ashada, 8 P.O. Box 166223 - Beyrouth Tel. : +961 1 20 46 20 Tel. : +961 1 20 31 19 Lesotho Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric South Africa Liberia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Ghana Libya Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Tunisia Liechtenstein Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Switzerland Lithuania b Lexel Electric 44, Verkiu str. LT-2012 Vilnius Loro Sae Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia Luxembourg b Schneider Electric Industrie SAS Agence de Metz 1, Rue Graham Bell - BP n° 35190 57075 Metz cedex 3 - France Macau 8/4 Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric China www.schneider-electric.co.jp www.csinfo.co.kr/schneider/ Tel. : +370 278 59 59/61 Fax : +370 278 59 60 Tel.: 33 03 87 39 06 03 Fax: 33 03 87 74 25 96 www.schneider-electric.fr Schneider Electric worldwide 0 Up-dated: 30-07-2003 Macedonia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Bulgaria Madagascar Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric la Reunion Malawi Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric South Africa Malaysia b Schneider Electric (Malaysia) Sdn No.11 Jalan U1/19, Seksyen U1 Bhd Hicom-Glenmarie Industrial Park 40150 Shah Alam Selangor Darul Ehsan Maldives Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Reunion Mali Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Senegal Malta Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Tunisia Marshall islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia Martinique b Schneider Electric Schneider Electric Immeuble Cottrell - ZI de la Lézarde 97232 Le Lamentin Mauritania Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Senegal Mauritius b Schneider Electric Route côtière Calodyne - Mauritius Mayotte Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Reunion Mexico b Groupe Schneider Mexico Calz. Rojo Gomez N° 1121-A Col. Guadalupe del Moral México, D.F. - C.P. 09300 Micronesia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia Moldova Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Romania Monaco Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric France Mongolia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed. Montserrat Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep. Morocco b Schneider Electric Morocco 26, rue Ibnou Khalikane Quartier Palmiers 20100 Casablanca Mozambique Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric South Africa Myanmar Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Singapore Namibia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric South Africa Nauru Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia Nepal Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric India Netherlands b Schneider Electric BV Waarderweg 40 - Postbus 836 2003 RV Haarlem Netherlands Antilles Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep. New Caledonia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia New Zealand b Schneider Electric (NZ) Ltd 14 Charann Place Avondale P.O. Box 15355 - New Lynn Auckland Nicaragua Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States Niger Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Ivory Coast Nigeria b Schneider Electric Nigeria Limited Biro plaza - 8th Floor - Plot 634 Abeyemo Alakija Street Victoria Islan - Lagos Tel. : (603) 7883 6333 Fax : (603) 7883 6188 www.schneiderelectric.com.my Tel.: +05 96 51 06 00 Fax: +05 96 51 11 26 Tel.: 230 282 18 83 Fax: 230 282 18 84 Tel.: +525 686 30 00 Fax: +525 686 24 09 www.schneiderelectric.com.mx Tel.: +212 299 08 48 to 57 Fax: +212 299 08 67 and 69 www.schneider.co.ma Tel.: +31 23 512 4124 Fax: +31 23 512 4100 www.schneider-electric.nl Tel. : +64 9 829 04 90 Fax : +64 9 829 04 91 www.schneider-electric.co.nz Tel. : +234 1 2702973 Fax : +234 1 2702976 Niue Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia Norfolk island Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia North Korea Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric China Northern Mariana islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia Norway b Schneider Electric Norge A/S Solgaard Skog 2 Postboks 128 - 1501 Moss Tel.: +47 6924 9700 Fax: +47 6925 7871 Oman b Schneider Electric CA c/o Arab Development Co PO Box 439 - 113 Muscat Tel.: +968 77 163 64 Fax: +968 77 104 49 Pakistan b Schneider Electric Pakistan 43-L, 2nd floor, M.M. Alam Road, Gulberg II - Lahore Tel.: +92 42 5754471 à 73 Fax: +92 42 5754474 Palau Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia Panama Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States Papua New Guinea Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia Paraguay Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Uruguay Peru b Schneider Electric Peru S.A. Los Telares n°231 Urb. Vulcano, Ate Lima 03 Tel.: +511 348 44 11 Fax: +511 348 05 23 www.schneider-electric.no www.schneider-electric.com.pe 8/5 Schneider Electric worldwide 0 Up-dated: 30-07-2003 Philippines b Schneider Electric Philippines, Inc 5th Floor, ALCO Building 391 Sen, Gil Puyat Avenue Makati 1209 Pitcairn Contacts are assured by Poland b Schneider Electric Polska Sp.zo.o. ul. Lubinowa 4a Tel. : +632 896 6063 Fax : +632 896 7229 Schneider Electric Australia 03-878 - Warszawa Tel.: +48 22 511 8 200 Fax: +48 22 511 8 210 www.schneider-electric.pl Tel.: +351 21 416 5800 Fax: +351 21 416 5857 www.schneiderelectric.pt Portugal b Schneider Electric Portugal Av.do Forte, 3 Edificio Suécia II, Piso 3-A CP 2028 Carnaxide 2795 Linda-A-Velha Puerto Rico Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States Qatar b Schneider Electric Qatar Branch c/o Khalifa BinFahred Al Thani Trad.and Co - P.O. Box 4484 Doha Tel.: +97 4424358 Fax: +97 4424358 Reunion b Schneider Electric Immeuble Futura, 190, rue des 2 canons BP 646 - 97497 Sainte Clothilde Tel.: +262 28 14 28 Fax: +262 28 39 37 Romania b Schneider Electric Bd Ficusului n°42 Apimondia, Corp.A, et.1, Sector 1 Bucuresti Tel.: +401 203 06 50 Fax: +401 232 15 98 www.schneider-electric.ro Russian Federation b Schneider Electric ZAO Enisseyskaya 37 129 281 Moscow Tel.: +7095 797 40 00 Fax: +7095 797 40 03 www.schneider-electric.ru Rwanda Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Kenya Samoa Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia San Marino Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Italy Sandwich & Georgia island Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia Sao Tome & Principe Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Senegal Saudi Arabia b Schneider Electric Second Industrial City P.O. Box 89249 - 11682 Riyadh Tel.: +966 1 265 1515 Fax: +966 1 265 1860 Senegal b Schneider Electric Sénégal BP 15952 - Dakar-Fann Rond point N'Gor - Dakar Tel.: +221 820 68 05 Fax: +221 820 58 50 Seychelles Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Reunion Sierra Leone Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Ghana Singapore b Schneider Electric Singapore Pte 10 Ang Mo Kio Street 65 Ltd Slovak Republic b Schneider Electric Slovakia spol s.r.o. Tel.: +65 484 78 77 Fax: +65 484 78 00 www.schneider-electric.com.sg Borekova 10 SK-821 06 Bratislava Tel. : +02 45 52 40 10 and 40 30 Fax : +02 45 52 40 00 www.schneider-electric.sk Tel. : +386 1 23 63 555 Fax : +386 1 23 63 559 www.schneider-electric.si #02-17/20 TechPoint Singapore 569059 Slovenia b Schneider Electric, d.o.o. Dunasjka 47 1000 Ljubljana Solomon islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia Somalia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Egypt South Africa b Schneider Electric South Africa Private Bag X139 Halfway House 1685 - Midrand. Tel.: +27 11 254 6400 Fax: +27 11 315 8830 www.schneider-electric.co.za (PTY) Ltd Spain b Schneider Electric España, S.A. Pl. Dr. Letamendi, 5-7 08007 Barcelona Tel.: +34 93 484 3100 Fax: +34 93 484 3308 www.schneiderelectric.es Sri Lanka b Schneider Electric Industries SA Liaison office SRI Lanka Level 3B Valiant towers 46/7 Nawam Mawatha-Colombo 2 Tel. : +94 77 48 54 89 www.schneiderelectric-in.com St Helena Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Italy St Kitts & Nevis Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep. St Lucia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep. St Pierre et Miquelon Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep. St Vincent & Grenadines Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep. Sudan Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Egypt Suriname Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States Svalbard & Jan Mayen isl. Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Denmark Swaziland Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric South Africa Sweden b Schneider Electric AB Djupdalsvägen 17/19 19129 Sollentuna Tel.: +46 8 623 84 00 Fax: +46 8 623 84 85 www.schneider-electric.se Switzerland b Schneider Electric (Switzerland) Schermenwaldstrasse 11 CH - 3063 Ittigen Tel.: +41 31 917 3333 Fax: +41 31 917 3355 www.schneider-electric.ch Elba Street - Malki Gheibeh and Qassas bldg, 1st floor PO Box 33876-Damascus Tel. : +963 11 37 49 88 00 Fax : +963 11 37 17 55 9 S.A. Syrian Arab Republic 8/6 b Schneider Electric Syria Schneider Electric worldwide 0 Up-dated: 30-07-2003 Taiwan, Republic of China b Schneider Electric Taiwan Co Ltd 2FI., N°37, Ji-Hu Road, Nei-Hu Dist., Tel. : +886 2 8751 6388 Taipei 114 Tajikistan Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed. Tanzania, United Rep. of Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Kenya Thailand b Schneider (Thailand) Ltd 20th Floor Richmond Building 75 Sukhumvit 26 Road, Klongtoey Bangkok 10110 Togo Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Ivory Coast Tokelau Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia Tonga Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia Trinidad & Tobago b Schneider Electric 6, 1st Street West Ext. Beaulieu Avenue Trincity Trinidad West Indies Tel.: 1868 640 42 04 Fax: 1868 640 42 04 Tunisia b Schneider Electric Tunisia Rue du Lac Oubeira 1053 Les Berges du Lac - Tunis Tel.: +216 71 960 477 Fax: +216 71 960 342 Turkey b Schneider Elektrik Sanayi Ve Tütüncü Mehmet Efendi Cad. N°:110 Tel.: +90 21 63 86 95 70 Kat 1-2 - 81080 Göztepe – Istanbul Fax: +90 21 63 86 38 75 Ticaret A.S. Turkmenistan b Schneider Electric Turkmenistan Liaison Office rue Neitralny Turkmenistan 28, off.326/327 74 000 Achgabad www.schneider-electric.com.tw Fax : +886 2 8751 6389 Tel.: +662 204 9888 Fax: +662 204 9816 www.schneider-electric.co.th www.schneiderelectric.com.tr Tel. : +993 12 46 29 52 Fax : +993 12 46 29 52 Turks & Caicos islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep. Tuvalu Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia Uganda Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Kenya Ukraine b Schneider Electric Rue Krechtchalik 2 252601 Kiev Tel.: +380 44 462 04 25 Fax: +380 44 462 04 24 United Arab Emirates b Schneider Electric Abu Dhabi PO Box 29580 Office Floor 2/Lulu Street Al Marina Plaza Tower Abu Dhabi Tel.: +9712 6 339444 Fax: +9712 6 316606 United Kingdom b Schneider Electric Ltd Braywick House East Windsor Road - Maidenhead Berkshire SL6 1 DN Tel.: +44 (0)1 628 508 500 Fax: +44 (0)1 628 508 508 www.schneider.co.uk United States b Schneider Electric North American Division 1415 Roselle Road Palatine - IL 60067 Tel.: +1 847 397 2600 Fax: +1 847 925 7500 www.squared.com Uruguay b Schneider Electric Uruguay S.A. Ramon Masini 3190 Montevideo Tel. : +59 82 707 2392 Fax : +59 82 707 2184 Uzbekistan Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed. Vanuatu Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia Vatican city St./Holy See Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Italy Venezuela b Schneider Mg SD TE, S.A Calle 162/ Piso 2 Edificio Centro Cynamid La Urbina, 1070 - 75319 Caracas Tel.: +58 2 241 13 44 Fax: +58 2 243 60 09 Viet Nam b R.R.O. of Schneider Electric Unit 2.9, 2nd Floor, e-Town Building 364 Cong Hoa Street Tan Binh District - Ho Chi Minh City Tel.: +84 8 8103 103 Fax: +84 8 8120 477 Industries S.A.S. in Viet Nam Virgin islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep. Wallis & Futuna islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia Western Sahara Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Morocco Yemen Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric U.A.E. Yugoslavia b Schneider Electric Jugoslavija Ratarski put 27d 11186 Belgrade Tel.: +381 11 192 414 Fax: +381 11 107 125 d.o.o. Zambia b Schneider Zambia Zambia Office c/o Matipi Craft Center Building Plot 1036 - Accra Road PO Box 22792 - Kitwe Tel.: +260 222 22 52 Fax: +260 222 83 89 Zimbabwe b Schneider Electric Zimbabwe Liaison Office 75A Second Street (corner Livingstone Avenue) Harare Tel.: +263 4 707 179/180 Fax: +263 4 707 176 www.schneider-electric.com.ua www.schneider-electric.com.ve 8/7 Headquaters 89, bd Franklin Roosevelt 92506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex France Due to the evolving nature regarding both the standards and equipment, we can only be held responsible for any technical information detailed in this catalogue, either in text or graphic form, following confirmation by our services. 8502CT0401R10/05 January 2006 Schneider Electric Industries SAS Photos : Schneider Electric Industries http://www.schneider-electric.com © 2004–2006 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.4 Linearized : Yes XMP Toolkit : 3.1-702 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 7.0.5 (Windows) Create Date : 2006:02:28 14:27:51-05:00 Creator Tool : PScript5.dll Version 5.2 Modify Date : 2012:11:13 18:52:41+08:00 Metadata Date : 2012:11:13 18:52:41+08:00 Format : application/pdf Title : 8502CT0401.book Creator : mra947 Document ID : uuid:3ad90fcb-e101-4964-ad8f-ed7c3e1f1782 Instance ID : uuid:f8572307-c200-4feb-9a11-3d204e76eefc Page Count : 120 Author : mra947EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools